WO2021062804A1 - 反馈信息传输的方法和装置 - Google Patents

反馈信息传输的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021062804A1
WO2021062804A1 PCT/CN2019/109729 CN2019109729W WO2021062804A1 WO 2021062804 A1 WO2021062804 A1 WO 2021062804A1 CN 2019109729 W CN2019109729 W CN 2019109729W WO 2021062804 A1 WO2021062804 A1 WO 2021062804A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
harq
time domain
line
resource
downlink
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109729
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黄海宁
黎超
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202311689795.7A priority Critical patent/CN117896042A/zh
Priority to JP2022520107A priority patent/JP7443504B2/ja
Priority to PCT/CN2019/109729 priority patent/WO2021062804A1/zh
Priority to EP19947759.7A priority patent/EP4044667A4/en
Priority to CN201980098053.2A priority patent/CN114041303B/zh
Priority to KR1020227014603A priority patent/KR20220067550A/ko
Publication of WO2021062804A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021062804A1/zh
Priority to US17/657,023 priority patent/US20220224452A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
    • H04W72/569—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient of the traffic information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting feedback information.
  • V2X communication is an important key technology for realizing environment perception and information interaction in the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication link between different user terminal devices can be called a sidelink (SL).
  • the vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication between the vehicle and other entities (V2X) can be carried out using the side link.
  • V2X communication can be regarded as a special case of device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the communication link between different user terminal devices can be referred to as SL.
  • the vehicle-to-vehicle communication link may be SL.
  • the physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) is used to transmit control information in V2X communication
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the terminal device that receives the side data will also use the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism to send the side data to the terminal device (referred to as the sending device).
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the receiving device sends HARQ (or may also be referred to as HARQ information) to the sending device, and the HARQ may include a negative acknowledgement (NACK) and/or an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK).
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • the sending device may feed back the HARQ of the side link to the network device so that the network device can allocate retransmission resources.
  • the sending device may not only need to feed back the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data sent by the network device to the network device, but also need to feed back the sideline HARQ corresponding to the sideline data (such as PSSCH) to the network device.
  • Both HARQ and side-line HARQ need to be sent to network equipment through physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources. Therefore, PUCCH resources for sending downlink HARQ and PUCCH resources for sending side-line HARQ may overlap in the time domain. ), resulting in resource conflicts, which affects feedback information (downlink HARQ and sideline HARQ), and cannot guarantee the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism, which reduces the reliability of data transmission and reduces communication efficiency.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • This application provides a method and device for transmitting feedback information, which compares a threshold with a side-line HARQ priority, and the threshold can be used to characterize the priority of a downlink service type.
  • the feedback information transmitted on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information includes HARQ and/or downlink HARQ, which ensures the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • a method for transmitting feedback information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a first terminal device or a chip applied to the first terminal device. Take the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device acquires a first resource for transmitting sideline HARQ and a second resource for transmitting downlink HARQ, where the sideline HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the sideline data sent by the first terminal device, and The downlink HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the downlink data from the network device received by the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device sends feedback information to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold,
  • the feedback information includes the side HARQ and/or the downlink HARQ, and the third resource is determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided in the first aspect uses a threshold value to compare with the side-line HARQ priority when the transmission side HARQ resources and the downlink HARQ resources overlap in the time domain.
  • the threshold is used to characterize the downlink service type. priority. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information transmitted on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is: the priority of the first resource, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the side-line data corresponding to the side-line HARQ, Alternatively, the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the PSSCH corresponding to the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the value of the priority field in the SCI that schedules the side-line data, or the priority of the side-line HARQ The level is the priority of the channel for transmitting the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the side-line transmission corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the data with the highest priority among the multiple data.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines the first threshold from at least one threshold according to the service type of the downlink data, and the at least one threshold corresponds to different service types.
  • the first terminal device sends feedback information to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold, including:
  • the first terminal device When the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the first terminal device only sends the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource. When the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device sends only the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource. In this implementation manner, it can be ensured that the HARQ corresponding to the high-priority service data is fed back normally, and the reliability of the transmission of the high-priority service data can be ensured.
  • the first terminal device sends feedback information to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold, including:
  • the first terminal device When the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device sends the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource. When the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the first terminal device only sends the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the transmission reliability and delay of high-priority uplink services can be ensured. By ensuring that the first resource and the second resource overlap Therefore, the HARQ feedback mechanism of at least one of the side link and the downlink operates normally, and the reliability of the data transmission of at least one of the side link and the downlink is improved.
  • a method for transmitting feedback information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a first terminal device or a chip applied to the first terminal device. Taking the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device determines a second time domain resource set corresponding to a first time domain resource according to a first time domain offset set, and the first time domain resource is available to the first terminal device to the network device Sending a time domain resource of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ, where the HARQ includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device determines a third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set, and the time domain resource in the third time domain resource set is a candidate time domain resource for sending the side row data;
  • the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set.
  • the method for determining feedback information provided by the second aspect determines all the time domain resources that may send side-line data based on the uplink time domain resources that can be used to send side-line HARQ and the first time-domain offset set, which are all possible
  • the transmitted side-line data reserves the corresponding HARQ bit positions, and all possible side-line HARQs are jointly generated into a semi-static HARQ codebook, thus ensuring that all possible side-line HARQs can be fed back normally, which can solve the needs of a transmitting device
  • the problem of resource conflicts when sending multiple side-line HARQs on multiple resources improves the utilization rate of the spectrum and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • semi-statically reserves bits for each possible side-line transmission, ensuring that the understanding of the side-line HARQ between the network device and the first terminal device is consistent, and there will be no confusion.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by side row data;
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, including: the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the time domain included in the first time domain offset set
  • the offset and the first time domain resource are used to determine the second time domain resource set.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ, and the side-line HARQ
  • the time domain resource is the time domain resource of the side HARQ received by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, including: the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the time domain included in the first time domain offset set The offset and the first time domain resource determine the time domain resources of multiple side-line HARQ; the first terminal device determines the second time domain in the time domain resources of the multiple side-line HARQ according to the first parameter
  • the resource set, the first parameter includes the period of the feedback resource, and the time domain offset between the time domain resource of the side-line data and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ.
  • the determination of the second time domain resource set can be improved.
  • the efficiency of time domain resource collection improves the accuracy of the second time domain collection.
  • the first time domain offset set is the time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side row resource
  • the side row resource is used by the first terminal device to send the side row data
  • the first terminal device determines a second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, including :
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource, a plurality of time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information for scheduling the side row resource;
  • a terminal device determines the second time domain resource set according to a second parameter in the time domain resources occupied by the plurality of control information.
  • the second parameter is the time domain resource of the side line data and the downlink control information.
  • the time domain offset between the occupied time domain resources By using the set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side resource and the second parameter to determine the second time domain resource set, the determination of the first time domain resource set can be improved.
  • the efficiency of the second time domain resource collection improves the accuracy of the second time domain collection.
  • the first terminal device determining a third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set includes: the first terminal device according to the second time domain resource set The frame structure ratio of the included time domain resources is determined, in the second time domain resource set, the third time domain resource set is determined.
  • the efficiency of determining the third time domain resource set can be improved, and the performance of the third time domain set can be improved. accuracy.
  • the HARQ further includes downlink HARQ corresponding to downlink data, where the downlink data is data from the network device received by the first terminal device,
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a fourth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to a second time domain offset set, and the fourth time domain resource set includes information for transmitting downlink data A plurality of candidate time domain resources, the downlink data is data from a network device received by the first terminal device; the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set, including: the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to The third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set determine the HARQ.
  • all time domain resources that may send sideline data are determined based on different time domain offset sets and the first time domain resources used to send sideline HARQ, which are all possible sideline resources that may be sent.
  • the corresponding HARQ bits are reserved for the data, and all possible side-line HARQs are combined to generate a semi-static HARQ codebook, thereby avoiding the number of HARQ bits sent by the network equipment and the first terminal equipment to the network equipment caused by the loss of SL PDCCH And communication errors caused by inconsistent understanding of the corresponding sequence.
  • Improve the reliability of HARQ feedback improve the reliability of HARQ feedback.
  • the HARQ of multiple side-line transmissions are fed back together, which can improve the utilization of the spectrum and reduce the number of HARQ used for HARQ.
  • the probability of resource conflicts for transmission reduces the complexity of terminal equipment implementation.
  • the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set, including: the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set.
  • the frame structure ratio of the domain resource set and the time domain resource included in the fourth time domain resource set is determined to determine the HARQ.
  • the efficiency of HARQ determination can be improved.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device sends the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource.
  • a method for transmitting feedback information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a first terminal device or a chip applied to the first terminal device. Taking the execution subject as the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, where the first time domain resource is used by the first terminal device to send hybrid automatic retransmission to the network device Request HARQ, the first time domain offset set corresponds to the side link; the first terminal device detects the first downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set, the first downlink The control information is used to indicate the side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send the side row data; the first terminal device uses the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information to set information in the first time domain resource.
  • the HARQ is sent upstream to the network device, where the HARQ includes side-line HARQ for the side-line data corresponding to the at least one first downlink control information.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided by the third party is based on the first time domain resource used to send the side HARQ and the fifth time domain offset set, the fifth time domain resource set including the time domain resource is used for the first terminal device Detect first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to indicate a side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send side row data.
  • the HARQ further includes downlink HARQ corresponding to downlink data, and the downlink data is data from a network device received by the first terminal device;
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a sixth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the third time domain offset set, where the sixth time domain resource set includes multiple time domain resources for transmitting downlink control information ,
  • the third time domain offset set corresponds to the downlink;
  • the first terminal device detects second downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set, and the second downlink control information is used for Indicating a downlink resource, where the downlink resource is used by the first terminal device to receive the downlink data;
  • the first terminal device sending HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information includes:
  • the first terminal device sends the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one first downlink control information and the detected at least one second downlink control information.
  • the side row resources are used for The side line data is transmitted, and the downlink resource is used to transmit the downlink data.
  • first downlink control information and the second downlink control information may be transmitted, according to the detected first downlink control information and second downlink control information, determine the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data and the corresponding downlink data
  • these side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ are combined to generate a dynamic HARQ codebook, which solves the problem of conflict between side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ transmission resources, ensures the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism, and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • the detected first downlink control information corresponds to The side row HARQ position of the side row data is before the downlink HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, or the side row HARQ position of the side row data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is at After the downlink HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the first downlink control information for indicating sideline resources and the second downlink control information for scheduling downlink data are detected, and the first downlink control information is determined.
  • the relative position (sequence) of the side-line HARQ corresponding to the downlink control information and the downlink HARQ corresponding to the second downlink control information improves the accuracy of HARQ feedback and ensures the normal operation of the HARQ mechanism.
  • the detected first downlink control information When the first control channel element CCE index corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the first CCE index corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, the detected first downlink control information
  • the side row HARQ position of the corresponding side row data is after the HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the value of the counted downlink allocation index C-DAI corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is less than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information
  • the value of the counted downlink allocation index C-DAI corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by side row data
  • the first The terminal device determines the fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the time domain resources occupied by multiple side row data according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource; the first terminal device determines the time domain resources occupied by the multiple side row data according to the multiple side offsets.
  • the time domain resource occupied by the row data and a second parameter are used to determine the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the second parameter is the time domain offset between the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information. shift.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ, and the side-line HARQ
  • the time domain resource is the time domain resource of the side HARQ received by the first terminal device, and the first terminal device determines the fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the fifth time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and a third parameter, where the third parameter includes: time domain resources of the side line data and downlink control The time domain offset between the time domain resources occupied by the information, the period of the feedback resource, and the time domain offset between the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain resource of the side row HARQ.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information.
  • the first terminal device determining the fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a fifth time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource.
  • a method for transmitting feedback information is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a network device or a chip applied to the network device.
  • the method includes: determining the first resource used for the transmission side HARQ And the second resource used to transmit downlink HARQ, the side-line HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device, and the downlink HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the downlink data sent by the network device to the first terminal device;
  • the feedback information from the first terminal device is received on the third resource, the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and/or the downlink HARQ, the feedback
  • the information is determined according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold, and the third resource is determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided by the fourth aspect uses a threshold value to compare with the side-line HARQ priority when the transmission side HARQ resources and the downlink HARQ resources overlap in the time domain.
  • the threshold is used to characterize the downlink service type. priority. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information received on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result, and the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is: the priority of the side-line HARQ is: the priority of the first resource, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the side-line HARQ
  • the priority of the corresponding side row data, or the priority of the side row HARQ is the priority of the PSSCH corresponding to the side row HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the value of the priority field in the SCI for scheduling the side-line data, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the channel for transmitting the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ
  • the level is the priority of the side-line transmission corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the data with the highest priority among the multiple data.
  • the first threshold is determined from at least one threshold according to a service type of the downlink data, and the at least one threshold corresponds to different service types.
  • the feedback information when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the feedback information only includes the downlink HARQ; when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold When the threshold is set, the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ.
  • the feedback information when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ; when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to At the first threshold, the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ.
  • an apparatus for transmitting feedback information includes a unit for executing each step of the foregoing first aspect to the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • a feedback information transmission device in a sixth aspect, includes a unit for executing the steps in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a device for transmitting feedback information includes at least one processor and a memory.
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the first aspect to the third aspect, or the first aspect to the third aspect. Any possible implementation method.
  • a feedback information transmission device includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect.
  • a feedback information transmission device in a ninth aspect, includes at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the first aspect to the third aspect, or the first aspect to the third aspect. Any possible implementation of the method.
  • a feedback information transmission device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above fourth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fourth aspect.
  • a terminal device in an eleventh aspect, includes the feedback information transmission device provided in the fifth aspect, or the terminal device includes the feedback information transmission device provided in the seventh aspect, or the terminal The equipment includes the feedback information transmission device provided in the ninth aspect.
  • a network device includes the communication device provided in the foregoing sixth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the foregoing eighth aspect, or the terminal device includes the foregoing tenth aspect.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, it is used to execute the first to fourth aspects or the first to fourth aspects. Any possible implementation in the method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect to the fourth aspect, or the first aspect to the The method in any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • a chip including: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the above aspects or any of the possible implementations of the aspects Methods.
  • the feedback information transmission method and device provided in this application.
  • a threshold is used to compare with the side HARQ priority, and the threshold is used to characterize the priority of the downlink service type. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information transmitted on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for transmitting feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for determining feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for determining feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for determining feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an example of a first time domain offset set provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for determining feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of a first time domain offset set provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for determining feedback information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another example of a first time domain offset set provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a method for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a method for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a device for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a device for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a feedback information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a feedback information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a feedback information transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a device for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • V2X or device-to-device (D2D) communication systems can be applied to various communication systems, such as: V2X or device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, global system of mobile communication (GSM) systems, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access , WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th Generation (5G) system or New Radio (NR), etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device. Cars, vehicle-mounted equipment, etc. in the V2X communication system.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • it may be an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle component, an in-vehicle chip, or an in-vehicle unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. Chips, on-board units, or roadside stations, etc. Or it may also be a terminal device in a future 5G network or a terminal device in a future evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • Evolutional Base Station Evolution
  • NodeB eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a serving transmission reception point (Serving TRP), Relay stations, access points, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, network devices in future 5G networks or network devices in future evolved PLMN networks, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • 5G new radio (NR) downlink transmission supports semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and dynamically scheduled PDSCH.
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • HARQ is an efficient feedback mechanism.
  • the reliability of downlink data transmission can be greatly improved through retransmission.
  • the terminal device feeds back HARQ acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) information. Only when NACK is fed back, the network The device only needs to retransmit, which improves the efficiency of data transmission.
  • ACK HARQ acknowledgement
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • two HARQ-ACK codebook configurations are supported, namely, dynamic codebook and semi-static codebook.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • UE user equipment
  • ACK HARQ acknowledgement
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • two HARQ-ACK codebook configurations are supported, namely, dynamic codebook and semi-static codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook can be understood as an arrangement of ACK/NACK corresponding to the PDSCH that needs to be fed back on a certain uplink time unit. It contains two meanings: First: which PDSCH ACK/NACKs are contained in the HARQ-ACK codebook NACK. Second: the sequence of the ACK/NACK of these PDSCHs in the codebook. That is to say, the feedback information ACK/NACK of at least one PDSCH that needs to be sent in the same uplink time unit is arranged into a series of continuous bits in a certain order to form a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • Dynamic codebook (Dynamic codebook) mode also known as Type 2HARQ Codebook.
  • the terminal device detects the PDCCH at each PDCCH detection occasion (monitoring occasion), and uses the time domain resource allocation field and the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing field in the detected PDCCH, first according to the Time Domain Resource Allocation field
  • the slot offset K0 from PDCCH to PDSCH contained in the PDCCH and the slot number of the PDCCH determine the slot number of the PDSCH.
  • the slot number of the PDCCH is n.
  • the slot number of the PDSCH can be determined as n+K0
  • the HARQ-ACK timing is obtained according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing field, that is, the time slot offset K1 from the PDSCH to the corresponding ACK/NACK feedback, so as to know the corresponding ACK/NACK feedback time slot number. For example, if the number of the time slot where the PDSCH is located is n+K0, it is determined that the number of the time slot where the ACK/NACK feedback corresponding to the PDSCH is located is n+K0+K1.
  • All ACK/NACKs that need to be sent in the same time slot are connected in series to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook according to the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the ACK/NACK in the time domain from front to back.
  • a HARQ-ACK codebook according to the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the ACK/NACK in the time domain from front to back.
  • the PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH 1 ⁇ PDSCH 4 is PDCCH1 ⁇ PDCCH4
  • PDCCH 1 to PDCCH 4 are from front to back in the time domain
  • the feedback information of PDSCH 1 to PDSCH 4 are sequentially connected in series to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • Semi-static codebook mode also known as Type 1HARQ Codebook.
  • the semi-static codebook determination process is divided into the following steps: 1) The terminal device determines that the time slot for sending ACK/NACK feedback information is the i-th time slot, and the specific time slot i is determined according to the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH. A PDCCH in time slot n schedules PDSCH to send PDSCH in time slot n+K0, and indicates that the ACK/NACK feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH is in time slot n+K0+K1, then time slot n+K0+K1 is a time slot i. 2) Obtain the possible value K1 set (K1set) of K1 according to the configuration information sent by high-level signaling.
  • the terminal device determines all possible time slots in which all PDSCHs to send feedback information in the i-th time slot are located. 3) Determine the potential value set of the PDSCH time domain position according to the Time Domain Resource Allocation table contained in the configuration information sent by the high-level signaling, and determine the PDSCH in each of the time slots in which all PDSCHs may be located The candidate opportunity (candidate occasion), 4) The ACK/NACK corresponding to each PDSCH candidate occasion in each of the time slots in which all PDSCHs may be located is based on the PDSCH candidate occasion from front to back in the time domain. The sequence, and the sequence of all time slots from front to back in the time domain, are concatenated to generate a HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the sender sends a Transmit Block (TB). If the receiver successfully receives the TB, it sends back an ACK to the sender, and if the receiver does not successfully receive the TB, it sends back an ACK to the sender. The party feeds back NACK, and the sender retransmits the TB after receiving the NACK.
  • a TB is added with a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) check bit, it will be divided into multiple code blocks (CB). Each CB will add CRC check bits.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • TB-based feedback means that a TB feeds back 1 bit, a correct TB is received, a 1-bit ACK is fed back, and an incorrect TB is received, a 1-bit NACK is fed back.
  • a TB usually includes multiple CBs, and the multiple CBs are divided into multiple (code block group, CBG) according to certain rules, and one CBG includes multiple CBs.
  • CBG-based feedback means that one CBG feedback 1 bit. If the CRC check of all CBs in a CBG is successful, ACK is fed back, otherwise, NACK is fed back.
  • V2X communication is an important key technology for realizing environment perception and information interaction in the Internet of Vehicles.
  • Other devices here can be other vehicles, other infrastructures, pedestrians, and terminal devices.
  • V2X communication can be regarded as a special case of device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • the communication link between different user terminal devices can be referred to as SL.
  • the vehicle-to-vehicle communication link may be SL.
  • the physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH) is used to transmit control information in V2X communication
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • V2X communication includes two allocation methods, and V2X communication includes two communication modes: the first resource allocation method is based on the scheduling of network equipment (such as base stations), and the user equipment in V2X (such as vehicles) Or vehicle-mounted equipment) according to the scheduling information of the network equipment to send V2X communication control messages and data on the scheduled time-frequency resources.
  • the second resource allocation method is that the user equipment in V2X automatically selects the time-frequency resources used for V2X communication from the available time-frequency resources included in the pre-configured V2X communication resource pool (or may also be referred to as the V2X resource set).
  • the resources of the side link are all allocated by the network equipment.
  • a similar HARQ feedback mechanism will be used to confirm whether the transmission of the side-line data (for example, PSSCH) is successful or not in the communication through the side-line link between the terminal devices.
  • the side-line data for example, PSSCH
  • the receiving device will feed back NACK information.
  • the sending device will retransmit the side row data after receiving the NACK.
  • the sending device is working in the first resource allocation mode at this time, the retransmission resource also needs to be scheduled by the network device, and the sending device needs to feed back the corresponding side-line HARQ information of the side-line link to the network device.
  • the downlink data sent by the network device (for example, received via PDSCH) will also be received, and the sending device also needs to feed back the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data to the network device.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the PUCCH for sending downlink HARQ and the PUCCH for sending HARQ can be transmitted in the same time slot. Therefore, the PUCCH for sending downlink HARQ and the PUCCH for sending HARQ on the sending side may overlap in the time domain. , Resulting in resource conflicts, which affects the transmission of downlink HARQ and side-line HARQ, and the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism cannot be guaranteed, which reduces the reliability of data transmission and reduces the communication efficiency.
  • this application provides a feedback information transmission method.
  • a predefined or pre-configured threshold is used to compare with the side-line HARQ transmission resources.
  • the priority is compared, and the threshold can be used to characterize the priority corresponding to the downlink HARQ.
  • the rules for multiplexing or discarding side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ are determined according to the comparison result, which ensures the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism of high-priority side-line transmission and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • the transmission resource of the side-line HARQ can be understood as the transmission resource of the PUCCH carrying the side-line HARQ
  • the transmission resource of the downlink HARQ can be understood as the transmission resource of the PUCCH or PUSCH carrying the downlink HARQ.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the communication method of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes four communication devices, for example, a network device 110, and terminal devices 121 to 123.
  • the network device 110 and at least one of the terminal devices 121 to 123 can be connected via a wireless connection. data communication.
  • the link formed between the two is SL.
  • the feedback information transmission method is to transmit the feedback information, where the terminal device 121 can send sideline data to multiple other terminal devices (including the terminal device 122 to the terminal device 123) in a multicast or broadcast manner.
  • the terminal device 122 and the terminal device 123 may feed back the side-line HARQ corresponding to the respective side-line data to the terminal device 121, respectively.
  • the side-line HARQ sent by the terminal device 121 to the network device 110 may include the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the terminal device 121 to multiple other terminal devices.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system 120 applicable to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 120 includes three communication devices, for example, terminal devices 121 to 123, wherein the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate data through D2D or V2X communication methods.
  • the link between the two is SL.
  • the terminal device 121 may use multicast or broadcast to send sideline data to multiple other terminal devices (including the terminal device 122 to the terminal device 123).
  • the terminal device 122 and the terminal device 123 may respectively feed back the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data received respectively to the terminal device 121.
  • the terminal device 121 may send the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data fed back to the terminal device 121 by other multiple terminal devices to the network device on multiple or one PUCCH.
  • each communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may also include more network nodes, such as terminal equipment or network equipment, and the network equipment or terminal equipment included in each communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 It can be a network device or terminal device in various forms as described above. The embodiments of the present application are not shown one by one in the figure.
  • a terminal device and a network device are used as an example to execute the method of each embodiment to describe the method of each embodiment.
  • the execution body of the method may also be a chip applied to a terminal device and a chip applied to a base station, or the execution body may also be a device that implements the functions of the terminal device or network device.
  • the terminal device may be a vehicle, a vehicle-mounted device, a mobile phone terminal, etc. in V2X communication.
  • the feedback information transmission method 200 shown in FIG. 3 may include step S210 to step S230. Each step in the method 200 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3.
  • the first terminal device acquires a first resource used for transmitting sideline HARQ and a second resource used for transmitting downlink HARQ, where the sideline HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the sideline data sent by the first terminal device, and the downlink HARQ It is the HARQ corresponding to the downlink data received by the first terminal device from the network device.
  • the first terminal device sends feedback to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold.
  • the feedback information includes the side HARQ and/or the downlink HARQ
  • the third resource is determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the network device receives the feedback information sent by the first terminal device on the third resource.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to one or more terminal devices on the sideline link.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to multiple other terminal devices in a unicast data transmission manner or a multicast data transmission manner.
  • the terminal devices that receive the sideline data can all feed back the sideline HARQ corresponding to the sideline data they received to the first terminal device through the physical sidelink feedback channel (PSFCH) between the first terminal device and the physical sidelink feedback channel.
  • PSFCH physical sidelink feedback channel
  • the first terminal device may receive one or more side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device needs to obtain the first resource for transmitting the side HARQ.
  • the first resource may be used by the first terminal device to send the side-line HARQ to the network device.
  • the side-line HARQ may be sent to the first terminal device by other terminal devices that receive the side-line data.
  • the network device may notify the first terminal device of the time-frequency location of the first resource and the time slot where the first resource is located through high-level signaling or physical layer signaling. Or, the time-frequency position of the first resource may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the first resource may also be understood as the first PUCCH or the first PUSCH.
  • the first terminal device may also receive downlink data (PDSCH) sent by the network device. Therefore, it is also necessary to feed back the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data to the network device. Therefore, the first terminal device needs to acquire the second resource for transmitting the downlink HARQ.
  • the second resource may be used by the first terminal device to send the downlink HARQ to the network device.
  • the network device may notify the first terminal device of the time-frequency location of the second resource and the time slot where the second resource is located through high-level signaling or physical layer signaling. Or, the time-frequency position of the second resource may be predefined by the protocol.
  • the second resource may also be understood as the second PUCCH or the second PUSCH.
  • the first resource and the second resource overlap in the time domain
  • the first resource and the second resource partially overlap or completely overlap in the time domain.
  • Downlink HARQ or sideline HARQ feedback will be affected, causing one or all of them to fail to be fed back normally.
  • the priority of the downlink data cannot be reflected in the physical layer.
  • the ultra-reliable and low-latency communications (URLLC) business has a higher priority than the enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) business, it is a difference between two different business types. Priority comparison, that is, the URLLC service represents a high priority, and the eMBB service represents a low priority.
  • the priority between data packets of a certain service cannot be reflected in the physical layer, but in V2X, the priority of side row data is visible at the physical layer, so the priority of different data can be performed at the physical layer. Compare. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, when the first resource and the second resource conflict in the time domain, since the priority of the side-line HARQ is equal to the priority of the corresponding side-line data, the priority of the side-line data can be prioritized.
  • the level is compared with a pre-configured or predefined threshold (first threshold), and the threshold can be used to reflect the priority of the downlink data. According to the comparison result, the side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ multiplexing or discarding rules are determined.
  • the first terminal device determines the feedback information to be sent to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold, and sends the feedback information to the network device on the third resource.
  • the feedback information includes side-line HARQ and/or downlink HARQ.
  • the first threshold may be corresponding to the type of service corresponding to the downlink data.
  • the third resource may also be understood as the third PUCCH or the third PUSCH, and the third resource may be determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the third resource may be the first resource or the second resource.
  • the time-frequency location of the third resource may be notified to the first terminal device by the network device through high-level signaling or physical layer signaling, or the time-frequency location of the third resource may also be predefined by the protocol. Therefore, the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the first terminal device on the third resource, and the feedback information includes side HARQ and/or downlink HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ can be understood as the priority of the first resource, or the priority of the side-line HARQ can be understood as the priority of the side-line data corresponding to the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ It can also be understood as the priority of the PSSCH corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of side-line HARQ can also be understood as the value of the priority field in the control information (side link control information (SCI) in the PSCCH) for scheduling the side-line data, or the value of the priority field in the side-line HARQ
  • the priority of may also be understood as the priority of the channel for transmitting the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ may also be understood as the priority of the side-line transmission corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the TB, or the priority of the PSSCH that carries the TB, Or scheduling the value of the priority field in the SCI of the PSSCH carrying the TB.
  • the side-line HARQ includes HARQ corresponding to multiple different data (such as TB) sent by the first terminal device to one or more terminal devices
  • the The priority of the side-line HARQ may be the priority of the data with the highest priority among the multiple data, or the priority of the side-line HARQ may be the priority field of the multiple SCIs that schedule the multiple data.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ may be the priority of a certain data specified in the multiple data.
  • the specified data can be pre-defined by the protocol or configured by signaling.
  • At least one threshold may be pre-configured (including pre-configured by the network device) or pre-defined. Or, configured by the network device, any one of RRC, MAC, SIB, MIB, PSBCH, and DCI signaling is used.
  • at least one threshold set may be pre-configured or predefined, and the threshold set includes one or more thresholds, and one threshold is used to characterize the priority of downlink data of a service type.
  • One threshold corresponds to one service type, and different thresholds correspond to different service types. Or, for the same service type, multiple thresholds may also correspond, and the multiple thresholds may include thresholds with different purposes.
  • threshold 1 and threshold 2 can also correspond, where threshold 1 is used to determine the multiplexing (joint transmission) with side-line HARQ. Threshold 2 is used to determine the comparison with side-line HARQ to determine which HARQ to discard.
  • whether the side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ are multiplexed or discarded can be predefined or pre-configured or the network equipment uses RRC, MAC, SIB , MIB, PSBCH, and DCI signaling.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided in this application uses a predefined or pre-configured threshold to compare with the side HARQ priority when the transmission side HARQ resources and the downlink HARQ resources overlap in the time domain.
  • the threshold is used To characterize the priority of the downlink service type. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information transmitted on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting feedback information in some embodiments of the present application, and is based on the method steps shown in FIG. 3.
  • the method may further include: S219.
  • the first terminal device determines a first threshold from at least one threshold according to the service type of the downlink data, and the at least one threshold corresponds to different service types.
  • steps S210 and S220 shown in FIG. 4 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions of S210 and S220, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • At least one threshold can be pre-configured or pre-defined, where one threshold corresponds to one service type, and one threshold is used to characterize the priority of downlink data of one service type. Different thresholds can correspond to different types of services.
  • the first terminal device may first determine the first threshold value from the at least one threshold value according to the service type of the downlink data corresponding to the downlink HARQ.
  • the first threshold corresponds to the service type of the downlink data.
  • the first threshold is compared with the priority of the side-line HARQ to determine whether to perform the joint transmission of the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ or to discard it.
  • the first threshold associated with the service type of the downlink data from at least one threshold, and comparing the first threshold with the priority of the side-line HARQ to determine the HARQ included in the feedback information, it is possible to solve the problem of different transmission resources in time.
  • the problem that the different transmission resources cannot be transmitted at the same time after the domain overlaps improves the accuracy of the determined feedback information, and further improves the efficiency of HARQ feedback.
  • the first terminal device when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the first terminal device only sends the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource. , That is, HARQ includes only downlink HARQ, not side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device When the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device only sends the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource, that is, the HARQ includes only the side-line HARQ, and does not include the down-line HARQ.
  • the downlink HARQ includes HARQ corresponding to the first service data.
  • the first service data may be, for example, eMBB or massive machine type communication (Massive Machine Type Communication, mMTC) service. That is, the downlink data sent by the network device to the first terminal device is eMBB service data or mMTC service data.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first threshold (for example, threshold 1) corresponding to the eMBB service or the mMTC service among the at least one threshold.
  • the first threshold may be determined according to the priority corresponding to the eMBB service data or the mMTC service data.
  • the first threshold may be used to characterize the priority corresponding to the eMBB service data or the mMTC service data.
  • the feedback information only includes the downlink HARQ; that is, the feedback information only includes HARQ corresponding to eMBB service data or HARQ corresponding to mMTC service data. That is to say, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold (threshold value 1), the first terminal device drops the side-line HARQ, and only sends the HARQ corresponding to the eMBB service data to the network device on the third resource. Or the mMTC service data corresponds to HARQ.
  • the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ. That is, the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data. That is to say, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device drops the HARQ corresponding to the eMBB service data or the mMTC service data corresponding to the HARQ, and only sends the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource. .
  • the downlink HARQ includes HARQ corresponding to the second service data.
  • the second service data may be URLLC service data. That is, the downlink data sent by the network device to the first terminal device is URLLC service data.
  • the first terminal device may determine the threshold value 2 corresponding to the URLLC service data among the at least one threshold value. The threshold 2 may be determined according to the priority corresponding to the URLLC service data. Threshold 2 can be used to characterize the priority corresponding to the URLLC service data.
  • the feedback information only includes the downlink HARQ. That is, the feedback information only includes the HARQ corresponding to the URLLC service data. That is to say, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the threshold 2, the first terminal device drops the side-line HARQ, and only sends the HARQ corresponding to the URLLC service data to the network device on the third resource.
  • the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ. That is, the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data. That is to say, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the threshold 2, the first terminal device drops the URLLC service data corresponding to HARQ, and only sends the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the threshold value 1 may be smaller than the threshold value 2.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is indicated by a field in the SCI, and if the corresponding field used to indicate the priority of the SCI is set to the default state, the priority of the side-line HARQ will be defaulted Is the lowest priority. That is, the priority of side-line HARQ is less than the first threshold (for example, threshold 1 and threshold 2).
  • different thresholds are configured for different downlink service types, and the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service type data are used to characterize the priority of the downlink data.
  • the priority of the side HARQ is compared with the threshold of the corresponding service type of the downlink HARQ. Determine the HARQ that is dropped or the HARQ that needs to be transmitted. Thereby determining the feedback information transmitted on the third resource.
  • the transmission reliability and delay of high-priority uplink services can be guaranteed.
  • the first resource and the second resource overlap the side link and the downlink are guaranteed.
  • the HARQ feedback mechanism of at least one of the links operates normally, which improves the reliability of data transmission on at least one of the side link and the downlink.
  • the first terminal device when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the first terminal device sends the side-line HARQ and the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource. Downlink HARQ.
  • the first terminal device When the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the first terminal device sends only the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the downlink HARQ includes HARQ corresponding to the first service data
  • the first service data may be eMBB service data or mMTC service data
  • the first terminal device may determine the first threshold (for example, threshold 3) corresponding to the eMBB service or the mMTC service among the at least one threshold.
  • the threshold 3 may be determined according to the priority corresponding to the eMBB service data or the mMTC service data. Threshold 3 may be used to characterize the priority corresponding to eMBB service data or mMTC service data.
  • the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ (the HARQ corresponding to the eMBB service data or the mMTC service data). That is, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than or equal to the threshold 3, the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ are multiplexed, and the first terminal device sends the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • Side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ can be coded independently or jointly, and the joint coding can use the code rate of the side-line HARQ or the code rate of the downlink HARQ.
  • the order of the side-line HARQ may be before the downlink HARQ.
  • the sequence of side-line HARQ may also be after downlink HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may drop the side-line HARQ, and the first terminal device only sends downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first threshold (for example, threshold 4) corresponding to the URLLC service among the at least one threshold.
  • the threshold value 4 may be determined according to the priority corresponding to the URLLC service data.
  • the threshold 4 can be used to characterize the priority corresponding to the URLLC service data.
  • the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ (HARQ corresponding to the URLLC service data). That is, when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than or equal to the threshold 4, the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ are multiplexed, and the first terminal device sends the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • Side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ can be coded independently or jointly, and the joint coding can use the code rate of the side-line HARQ or the code rate of the downlink HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may drop the side-line HARQ, and the first terminal device only sends downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the threshold value 3 may be smaller than the threshold value 4.
  • the threshold value 1 may be the same as or different from the threshold value 3.
  • Threshold 2 can be the same as or different from Threshold 4.
  • different thresholds are configured for different service types, and the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service type data are used to characterize the priority of the downlink data.
  • the priority of the side HARQ is compared with the threshold of the corresponding service type of the downlink HARQ. Determine to perform HARQ joint transmission or discard HARQ. In this way, the feedback information transmitted on the PUCCH is determined. It solves the problem that different transmission resources cannot be fully transmitted after overlapping in the time domain.
  • the HARQ joint transmission method can ensure the normal operation of the side-line HARQ feedback mechanism and the downlink HARQ feedback mechanism, and ensure the reliability of the side-line data and downlink data transmission.
  • the method of discarding one of the HARQ can ensure the normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism of the high-priority service, and ensure the reliability of the high-priority side-line data transmission.
  • Multicast transmission methods, unicast transmission methods, and broadcast transmission methods can also be understood as different types of services.
  • the multicast transmission method refers to a technology in which one terminal device that sends data sends the same data to multiple other terminal devices at the same time, that is, point-to-multipoint transmission.
  • the unicast transmission mode refers to a mode in which a terminal device that sends data only sends data to another terminal device for the same data, that is, point-to-point transmission.
  • the broadcast transmission mode refers to a mode in which a terminal device that sends data sends data, and all other terminal devices can receive the data.
  • the sending device may receive HARQ for sideline data from multiple other receiving devices.
  • the sending device needs to send these HARQs to the network device through the PUCCH. Because the PUCCH resource is determined according to the PUCCH resource indicator index indicated in the corresponding PDCCH, the sending device determines the corresponding PUCCH resource set according to the length of the HARQ, and determines the PUCCH resource according to the index One of the set, instead of directly indicating specific time domain resources and frequency domain resources through the PDCCH. Therefore, when two PUCCHs are simultaneously transmitted in one time slot, the conflict of PUCCH transmission resources cannot be avoided only by the scheduling of the base station. For example, suppose that terminal device 1 sends sideline data to terminal devices 2 and 3.
  • the terminal device 2 feeds back the HARQ to the terminal device 1, and the terminal device 1 uses PUCCH1 to send the HARQ to the network device.
  • the terminal device 3 also feeds back HARQ to the terminal device 1, and the terminal device 1 uses PUCCH2 to send the HARQ to the network device.
  • PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 may conflict, which may cause HARQ feedback to fail.
  • the terminal device 1 needs to feed back multiple side HARQs on multiple PUCCHs to the network device, the probability that the PUCCH for sending downlink HARQ and the PUCCH for sending side HARQ overlap in the time domain will increase, and HARQ feedback cannot be guaranteed.
  • the mechanism operates normally and the utilization rate of the spectrum is low. Reduce the reliability of data transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a method for determining feedback information.
  • all possible side-line HARQs are jointly generated into a semi-static HARQ codebook It can solve the resource conflict problem when the sending device needs to transmit multiple side-line HARQ on multiple resources, improve the utilization rate of the spectrum, and improve the reliability of the side-line HARQ feedback.
  • the method 300 for determining feedback information shown in FIG. 5 may include step S310 to step S230.
  • the method shown in FIG. 5 can be used in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. Each step in the method 300 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 5.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the first time domain offset set, a second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is available for the first terminal device to send hybrid data to the network device.
  • the first terminal device determines a third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set, and the time domain resource in the third time domain resource set is a candidate time domain resource for sending the side row data .
  • the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set.
  • the method 300 may further include S340.
  • the first terminal device sends the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource.
  • the network device receives the HARQ on the first time domain resource.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first time domain resource according to the frame structure ratio.
  • the first time domain resource is an uplink time domain resource, which may be used by the first terminal device to send uplink data or information to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource may be multiple uplink symbols, one uplink sub-slot, uplink time slot, uplink sub-frame, or uplink radio frame.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least one uplink time domain symbol.
  • the first time domain resource may be used for the first terminal device to send HARQ to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource may be understood as the time domain resource of the first PUCCH.
  • the HARQ includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device.
  • the side row data here includes the side row data sent by the first terminal device to one or more terminal devices, that is, there may be multiple side row data.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to multiple other terminal devices in a unicast data transmission manner or a multicast data transmission manner.
  • the terminal devices that receive the sideline data can all feed back the sideline HARQ corresponding to the sideline data they received to the first terminal device through the PSFCH with the first terminal device. In other words, there may be multiple data corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set.
  • the second set of time domain resources may include at least one of a side row resource used for side row data transmission, an uplink resource used for uplink data transmission, and a downlink resource used for downlink data transmission.
  • the uplink data is data sent by the first terminal device to the network device.
  • the second time domain resource set may include a union of side time slots, uplink time slots, and downlink time slots.
  • the side row time slot is used to transmit side row data.
  • the side row time slot can include all symbols of a time slot that can be used for side row data transmission. It also includes that only part of the symbols in a time slot are used for side row data.
  • the time slot for data transmission can be used to schedule uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • An uplink time slot may include a time slot in which all symbols of a time slot can be used for uplink data transmission, and a time slot in which only part of the symbols in a time slot are used for uplink data transmission.
  • the downlink time slot may include a time slot in which all symbols of a time slot can be used for downlink data transmission, and a time slot in which only part of the symbols in a time slot are used for downlink data transmission. That is, the uplink time slot, the downlink time slot, and the side row time slot may be the same time slot or different time slots.
  • a time slot can be both a side slot, an uplink time slot, and a downlink time slot. If the time slot includes both side row symbols, uplink symbols, and downlink symbols, the time slot is both a side row time slot, an uplink time slot, and a downlink time slot.
  • the collection of side-line resources used for side-line data transmission can be understood as a resource pool for side-line data transmission. Only the resources in the resource pool can be used to transmit side-line data.
  • the second time domain resource set includes time domain resources in the resource pool and time domain resources outside the resource pool. Time domain resources outside the resource pool can only be used to transmit downlink or uplink data, and cannot be used to transmit side data. .
  • the first terminal device can only use the time domain resources in the resource pool to send sideline data to one or more other terminal devices.
  • the granularity of the time domain resources included in the second time domain resource set may be symbols, time slots, subframes, or radio frames.
  • the third time domain resource set is determined from the domain resources.
  • the time domain resources included in the third time domain resource set are time domain resources in the resource pool, which may be used by the first terminal device to send sideline data to one or more other terminal devices.
  • the network device can only allocate sideline resources for sideline transmission to the first terminal device in the first time domain resource set, that is, the first terminal device may include any one of the first terminal equipment in the third time domain resource set.
  • the sideline data is sent on the time domain resource.
  • the granularity of the time domain resources included in the third time domain resource set may be symbols, time slots, subframes, or radio frames.
  • the first terminal device determines the third time-domain resource set, it can determine how many sideline data the first terminal device can send at most, and it can also determine how much the first terminal device needs to feed back to the network device.
  • HARQ of bits Therefore, the first terminal device can reserve 1 bit for each position where sideline data may appear, which is used to fill ACK or NACK. If the sideline link is configured with CBG-based feedback, the first terminal device can set aside one bit for each M bits may be reserved for side row data to fill ACK or NACK, where M is the number of CBGs that can be configured for one TB.
  • the first terminal device can send a total of 10 pieces of data (for example, 10 TB), then the first terminal device can reserve 1 bit for each time slot, and determine The outbound HARQ is 10 bits.
  • each bit corresponds to a time slot, and the relative position of each bit is the same as the relative position in the corresponding time domain.
  • the Nth bit in the 10 bits corresponds to the side row data on the Nth time slot in the 10 time slots.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to one or more other terminal devices on the time domain resources included in the third time domain resource set.
  • the third time domain resource set can be divided into two parts, the first part is the time domain resources used by the first terminal device to actually send sideline data, and the second part is the unused time domain resources.
  • the HARQ corresponding to the first part is NACK.
  • other terminal devices that have received sideline data will feed back ACK or NACK to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device fills the ACK or NACK in the corresponding bit position according to the received ACK or NACK.
  • the first terminal device determines the side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal may send the side-line HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource.
  • the method for determining feedback information determines all time domain resources that may send side-line data based on the uplink time domain resources that can be used to send side-line HARQ and the first time-domain offset set, and for all these possible transmissions
  • the corresponding HARQ bit positions are reserved for the side line data, and all possible side line HARQs are jointly generated into a semi-static HARQ codebook, thus ensuring that all possible side line HARQs can be fed back normally, which can solve the need for a transmitting device
  • the problem of resource conflicts when sending multiple side-line HARQs on multiple resources improves the utilization rate of the spectrum and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • semi-statically reserves bits for each possible side-line transmission, ensuring that the understanding of the side-line HARQ between the network device and the first terminal device is consistent, and there will be no confusion.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the first terminal device determines the third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set, which may include: S321.
  • the first terminal device determines the third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set according to the frame structure ratio of the time domain resources included in the second time domain resource set.
  • steps S310, S330, and S340 shown in FIG. 6 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions of S310, S330, and S340. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first terminal device can determine the third time domain resource set that can be used for side-line number transmission in the second time domain resource set according to the frame structure ratio of the time domain resources included in the second time domain resource set, that is, The third time domain resource set only includes time domain resources in the resource pool.
  • the frame structure ratio can be understood as configuring a certain time domain resource as an uplink time domain resource, a downlink time domain resource or a side time domain resource.
  • the resource pool is a collection of resources that can be used for side-line transmission determined by the frame structure ratio.
  • the second time domain resource set includes time slot 1 to time slot 10, where time slot 1, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 10 are configured as side time slots. It should be understood that in a side row time slot, all symbols may be used for side row data transmission, or only part of the symbols may be used for side row data transmission, and the remaining time slots are not side row time slots.
  • the third time domain resource set includes: time slot 1, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 10. That is, the resource pool includes time slot 1, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 10. That is, time slot 1, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 10 can be used for side row transmission.
  • the first terminal device may reserve 1-bit HARQ for each of the 5 time slots. among them.
  • the first terminal device may determine the size of the side-line HARQ and the relative position of each bit according to the third time domain resource set.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application.
  • S310 in the method the first terminal device according to The first time domain offset set and determining the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource may include: S311.
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource.
  • steps S320, S330, and S340 shown in FIG. 7 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions of S320, S330, and S340. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first time domain offset set is the set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the side row data
  • the first time domain offset The shift set can be called the ⁇ PSSCH-to-PUCCH timing ⁇ set.
  • the PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • the PSSCH can be understood as the time domain resource occupied by the side row data or the side row data.
  • the time domain offset may include a sub-slot offset, a slot offset, a sub-frame offset, or a radio frame offset. Take the time slot offset as an example.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of the first time domain offset being the time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the side row data.
  • the SL PDCCH is used to schedule side row resources, which can be used by the first terminal to send side row data.
  • the second set of time domain resources includes multiple time domain resources (for example, may include multiple time slots).
  • the PSFCH resource may be understood as a side-line HARQ resource for the first terminal device to receive side-line data sent by other terminal devices.
  • the first time domain offset set is ⁇ 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the first time domain resource is time slot n, it can be determined that the second time domain resource set includes: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, time slot n-6, time slot n-5, time slot n-4 .
  • Time slot n-8, time slot n-7, time slot n-6, time slot n-5, and time slot n-4 may include at least one of uplink time slot, downlink time slot and side row time slot . Assuming that time slot n-7, time slot n-6, and time slot n-4 are side-line time slots, then the side-line HARQ can be determined according to time slot n-7, time slot n-6, and time slot n-4. The size and the relative position of each bit. The side-line HARQ is 3 bits.
  • the first bit corresponds to the HARQ of the side row data transmitted on time slot n-7
  • the second bit corresponds to the HARQ of the side row data transmitted on time slot n-6
  • the third bit corresponds to the HARQ transmitted on time slot n-4 HARQ for sideline data.
  • the first time domain offset set may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device through signaling.
  • the minimum value of the time domain offsets included in the first time domain offset set should be greater than or equal to K, and K may be understood as the time domain offset between the side-line HARQ and the corresponding side-line data.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application.
  • a time domain offset set, determining the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource may include: S312 and S313.
  • the first terminal device determines multiple side HARQ time domain resources according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource.
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set according to the first parameter among the time domain resources of the multiple side-line HARQ, where the first parameter includes the period of the feedback resource and the time-domain of the side-line data.
  • the period of the feedback resource is a collection of resources that can be used for side-line feedback information transmission.
  • the value of the periodic period of the feedback resource configured in the set of resources for side-line transmission may be 1, 2, or 4, and so on.
  • steps S320, S330, and S340 shown in FIG. 9 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions of S320, S330, and S340. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first time domain offset set when the first time domain offset set is the set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resources of the side-line HARQ, the first time domain offset set may be referred to as ⁇ PSFCH- to-PUCCH timing ⁇ collection.
  • PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • PSFCH can be understood as the resource occupied by side-line HARQ.
  • the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ is the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ sent by the first terminal device and received by other terminal devices.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the first time domain offset being the time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the side row data.
  • the SL PDCCH is used to schedule side row resources, and the side row resources can be used for the first terminal to send side row data.
  • the second set of time domain resources includes multiple time domain resources (for example, may include multiple time slots).
  • the PFSCH resource may be understood as a time domain resource used by the first terminal device to receive side-line HARQ for side-line data sent by other terminal devices. Assume that the first time domain offset set is ⁇ 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
  • the first time domain resource is time slot n, then it can be determined that the time domain resources of the side-line HARQ include: time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2. In these time slots, the first terminal device may receive the side-line HARQ sent by other terminal devices for the side-line data.
  • the first terminal device determines the second set of time domain resources in the time domain resources of the multiple side HARQ according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes: the period N of the feedback resource, and the time domain offset between the time domain resource (PSSCH) of the side-line data and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ (the time domain resource of the PSFCH).
  • the time domain offset between the time domain resources of the line data and the time domain resources of the side line HARQ may be the above-mentioned K, and K may be understood as the time domain offset between the side line HARQ and the corresponding side line data.
  • the period N of the feedback resource can be understood as a time domain interval (such as a time slot interval) between two adjacent time domain resources used for side-line feedback information transmission in a set of time-domain resources used for side-line transmission.
  • the time domain resources of side-line HARQ include: time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2.
  • the logical time-domain resource index is the time-domain resource index in the resource set available for side-line transmission . If the logical index corresponding to the time slot n-2 is the time slot m, then according to the value of K 2, the time slot m-1 is excluded, because the side row transmission of the time slot m-1 feedback HARQ in the time slot m, then K is 1.
  • the same procedure is used for the time slots n-3 and n-4 of the side row feedback information transmission.
  • the corresponding time slot sets M2 and M3 that can be used for side-line data transmission can be determined, and then a union set can be determined according to M1, M2, and M3.
  • the first terminal device reserves 1 bit of information. That is, the union is the third time domain resource set.
  • the number of the third time domain resources is the number of bits of the side-line HARQ
  • the order of the time domain resources in the time domain resource set is the order of the corresponding HARQ.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application.
  • a time domain offset set, determining the second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource may include: S314 and S315.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource, a plurality of time domain resources occupied by downlink control information for scheduling the side row resource;
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set according to a second parameter in the time domain resources occupied by the multiple control information, where the second parameter is the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain resource.
  • steps S320, S330, and S340 shown in FIG. 11 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related description of S320, S330, and S340. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first time domain offset set is the set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side resource
  • the first time domain offset The shift set can be called ⁇ SL PDCCH-to-PUCCH timing ⁇ set.
  • the PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • the SL PDCCH can be understood as the downlink control information for scheduling the side row resource
  • the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send the side row data.
  • Figure 12 shows when the first time domain offset set is the time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side row resource Schematic diagram of the assembly.
  • SL PDCCH is equivalent to downlink control information for scheduling side-line resources, and is used to schedule side-line resources.
  • the second set of time domain resources includes multiple time domain resources (for example, may include multiple time slots).
  • the PSFCH resource may be understood as a side-line HARQ resource for the first terminal device to receive side-line data sent by other terminal devices.
  • the first time domain offset set is ⁇ 6, 7, 8 ⁇ .
  • the first time domain resource is time slot n, and it can be determined that the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information of the side resource of the scheduling include: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6. That is, the first terminal device may receive the downlink control information sent by the network device for scheduling sideline resources in time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6.
  • the first terminal device determines the second time domain resource set according to the second parameter in the time domain resources occupied by the multiple control information, and the second parameter is the time domain resource of the side row data and The time domain offset (offset) between the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information. Assuming that the offset is 3, and the time domain resources occupied by multiple control information include: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6, the determined second time domain resource set includes: time Slot n-5, slot n-4, and slot n-3.
  • the first terminal equipment can be configured according to the frame structure ratio of time slot n-5, time slot n-4, and time slot n-3, that is, whether time slot n-5, time slot n-4, and time slot n-3 are configured
  • the side row HARQ bits are determined.
  • the method for determining feedback information determines all time domain resources that may send side-line data based on different time-domain offset sets and the first time-domain resource used to send side-line HARQ, which is all possible
  • the transmitted side-line data reserves the corresponding HARQ bits, and all possible side-line HARQs are combined to generate a semi-static HARQ codebook, thereby avoiding the transmission of the network equipment and the first terminal equipment to the network equipment caused by the loss of SL PDCCH Communication errors caused by inconsistent understanding of the number of HARQ bits and the corresponding sequence.
  • Improve the reliability of HARQ feedback improves all time domain resources that may send side-line data based on different time-domain offset sets and the first time-domain resource used to send side-line HARQ, which is all possible
  • the transmitted side-line data reserves the corresponding HARQ bits, and all possible side-line HARQs are combined to generate a semi-static HARQ codebook, thereby avoiding the transmission of the network equipment and the first terminal equipment to the network
  • the HARQ of multiple side-line transmissions are fed back together, which can improve the utilization of the spectrum and reduce the number of HARQ used for HARQ.
  • the probability of resource conflicts for transmission reduces the complexity of terminal equipment implementation.
  • the HARQ sent by the first terminal device to the network device on the first time domain resource further includes the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data
  • the downlink data is the Data from the network device received by the first terminal device.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application. Based on the method steps shown in FIG. 5, the method may further include: S319.
  • the first terminal device determines a fourth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the second time domain offset set, where the fourth time domain resource set includes multiple candidates for transmitting downlink data.
  • Time domain resource, the downlink data is data from the network device received by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determining the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set may include: S331.
  • the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set.
  • the HARQ includes downlink HARQ and side-line HARQ.
  • steps S310, S320, and S340 shown in FIG. 13 reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions of S310, S320, and S340. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the first terminal device since the first terminal device can also receive the downlink data sent by the network device, the first terminal device also needs to send the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource determined in S310 may be used by the first terminal device to send the downlink HARQ to the network device, that is, the HARQ further includes the downlink HARQ. In this case, the first terminal device also needs to determine the downlink HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may determine a fourth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the second time domain offset set.
  • the fourth time domain resource set includes multiple candidate time domain resources for transmitting downlink data.
  • the fourth time domain resource set may include uplink time domain resources and/or downlink time domain resources, and the network device may only send downlink data to the first terminal device on the downlink time domain resources.
  • the granularity of the time domain resources included in the fourth time domain resource set may be symbols, time slots, subframes, or radio frames.
  • the second time domain offset set may be a time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the candidate time domain resource used for downlink data transmission. That is, the second time domain offset set may be ⁇ PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing ⁇ .
  • the time domain offset may include a sub-slot offset, a slot offset, a sub-frame offset, or a radio frame offset. Take the time slot offset as an example.
  • the first time domain resource is time slot n
  • the fourth time domain resource set includes: time slot n-6, time slot n-5, time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2 .
  • Time slot n-6, time slot n-5, time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2 may include uplink time slots and/or downlink time slots.
  • time domain resources included in the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set may partially overlap, that is, there may be an overlap between the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set. That is, the first terminal device determines the HARQ according to the time domain resources included in the union of the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set.
  • the HARQ includes downlink HARQ and side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may traverse the time domain resources included in the union of the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set, and determine the HARQ corresponding to each time domain resource, where the HARQ includes downlink HARQ and side OK HARQ.
  • the determined third time domain resource set includes: n-7, time slot n-6, and time slot n-4
  • the determined fourth time domain resource set includes: n-6, time slot n-5, Time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2. Then the first terminal device needs to determine the HARQ according to n-7, time slot n-6, time slot n-5, time slot n-4, time slot n-3, and time slot n-2.
  • the first terminal device may determine the HARQ according to the frame structure ratio of the third time domain resource set and the time domain resources included in the fourth time domain resource set.
  • the union of the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set includes timeslot n-7, timeslot n-6, timeslot n-5, timeslot n-4, timeslot n-3, Time slot n-2.
  • side row data can be sent on all of n-7, time slot n-6, and time slot n-5, but only on time slot n-3 and time slot n-2 can send downlink data.
  • At most one downlink data can be sent in each time slot in time slot n-3 and time slot n-2, and HARQ may include 5-bit HARQ.
  • the order in the 5-bit HARQ is the ascending order of the corresponding slot index.
  • the first bit corresponds to the HARQ of the side row data transmitted on time slot n-7
  • the second bit corresponds to the HARQ of the side row data transmitted on time slot n-6
  • the third bit corresponds to the HARQ transmitted on time slot n-5 HARQ for sideline data.
  • the fourth bit corresponds to HARQ of downlink data transmitted in time slot n-3
  • the fifth bit corresponds to HARQ of downlink data transmitted in time slot n-2.
  • this time slot can correspond to multi-bit data.
  • this multi-bit HARQ includes side-line HARQ corresponding to side-line data and downlink HARQ corresponding to downlink data.
  • a time slot has downlink symbols and side row symbols. If the first terminal device can receive at most one PDSCH in each time slot, the time slot corresponds to 2-bit HARQ, the first 1 bit is downlink HARQ, and the last 1 bit For side-line HARQ.
  • the side row data may only correspond to 1-bit HARQ.
  • the method for determining feedback information determines the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ to be sent on the first time-domain resource according to different time-domain offset sets. That is, side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ jointly generate a semi-static HARQ codebook. It avoids the communication error caused by the inconsistent understanding of the number of HARQ bits sent to the network device by the network device and the first terminal device and the corresponding sequence caused by the loss of SL PDCCH, and improves the reliability of HARQ feedback.
  • the HARQ of one side-line transmission is fed back separately, and the HARQs of multiple side-line transmissions are fed back together, which reduces the probability of multiple resource conflicts used for HARQ transmission and reduces the complexity of terminal equipment implementation. Further improve the utilization rate of the spectrum and further improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a feedback information transmission method, by determining the time domain resource of the first downlink control information used for scheduling the side row resource according to different time domain offset sets, and the side row resource is used for the transmission side. Row data.
  • On this time domain resource according to all the detected first downlink control information, determine the side-line HARQ of the side-line data corresponding to all the detected first downlink control information, and jointly generate a dynamic Compared with the resource conflicts that may be caused by the independent use of transmission resources to transmit side HARQ and downlink HARQ, the HARQ codebook can solve the problem that the sending device needs to transmit side HARQ and downlink HARQ in the same time slot, and improve the utilization of spectrum. Rate, improve the reliability of data transmission, and reduce the complexity of terminal equipment implementation.
  • the method 400 for determining feedback information shown in FIG. 14 may include step S410 to step S430.
  • the method shown in FIG. 14 can be used in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. The steps in the method 400 are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 14.
  • the first terminal device determines a fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, where the first time domain resource is used by the first terminal device to send a hybrid automatic message to the network device.
  • the retransmission request HARQ the first time domain offset set corresponds to the side link
  • the fifth time domain resource set includes time domain resources for the first terminal device to detect the first downlink control information, the first downlink The control information is used to indicate a side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send side row data.
  • the first terminal device detects first downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device sends HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information, where the HARQ includes a corresponding signal for the at least one piece of first downlink control information.
  • Side row HARQ for side row data.
  • the network device receives the HARQ sent by the first terminal device on the first time domain resource.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first time domain resource according to the frame structure ratio.
  • the first time domain resource is an uplink time domain resource, which may be used by the first terminal device to send uplink data or information to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource may be multiple uplink symbols, one uplink sub-slot, one uplink time slot, uplink sub-frame, or uplink radio frame.
  • the first time domain resource includes at least one uplink time domain symbol.
  • the first time domain resource may be used for the first terminal device to send HARQ to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource may be understood as the time domain resource of the first PUCCH.
  • the HARQ includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device.
  • the side row data here includes the side row data sent by the first terminal device to one or more terminal devices, that is, there may be multiple side row data.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to multiple other terminal devices in a unicast data transmission manner or a multicast data transmission manner.
  • the terminal devices that receive the sideline data can all feed back the sideline HARQ corresponding to the sideline data they received to the first terminal device through the PSFCH with the first terminal device.
  • there may be multiple data corresponding to the side-line HARQ and the side-line HARQ includes at least one HARQ bit.
  • the first terminal device may determine the fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set.
  • the first time domain offset set corresponds to the side link, that is, the first time domain offset set is suitable for determining the time domain resources related to the side link.
  • the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set may be used by the first terminal device to detect the first downlink control information (for example, it may be SL PDCCH or SL DCI), and the first downlink control information is used to indicate side row resources,
  • the sideline resource is used for the first terminal device to send sideline data.
  • the result of the detection may be that one or more first downlink control information is detected, or The first downlink control information may not be detected. That is, the network device may send one or more first downlink control information to the first terminal device on the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set, or may not send the first downlink control information.
  • the granularity of the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set may be symbols, time slots, subframes, or radio frames.
  • the first terminal device detects first downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device can determine the sideline data that can be sent by the first terminal device according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information. Since the first downlink control information is used for scheduling side-line resources, the first terminal device may send side-line data to one or more other terminal devices on the side-line resources. Therefore, according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information, the side row resource can be determined. For example, suppose that the first terminal device schedules a side row resource for transmitting one TB according to the detected 5 pieces of first downlink control information and one piece of first downlink control information, then it can be determined that the first terminal device needs to send 5 pieces of information. TB, assuming that each TB corresponds to a 1-bit side-line HARQ.
  • the side-line HARQ transmitted on the first time domain resource is 5 bits. If the HARQ only includes side-line HARQ, it can be determined that the HARQ has 5 bits, which respectively correspond to the 5 TBs sent by the first terminal device. After the HARQ is determined, the first terminal device can send the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource. Correspondingly, the network device receives the HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may determine the sideline data that can be sent by the first terminal device according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information.
  • the first downlink control information includes a sidelink-downlink assignment indicator (SL-DAI) field.
  • SL-DAI sidelink-downlink assignment indicator
  • the value of this field represents the cumulative value of the number of SL PDCCHs indicating side resources received in the PDCCH detection time slot, and the cumulative order is the ascending order of the index of the PDCCH detection timing.
  • the value of this field represents the cumulative value of the PDCCH detection time slot and the number of SL PDCCH indicating side resources received by the serving cell.
  • the order of accumulation is first in the ascending order of the serving cell index, and then in accordance with the PDCCH detection timing The ascending order of the index. In this way, it can be avoided that the HARQ understood by the first terminal device and the network device is different due to the loss of the DCI by the first terminal device.
  • the method for determining feedback information provided in the present application is based on the first time domain resource used to send side HARQ and the fifth time domain offset set, the fifth time domain resource set including the time domain resource is used for the first terminal device Detect first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to indicate a side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send side row data.
  • the HARQ sent by the first terminal device to the network device on the first time domain resource further includes the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data
  • the downlink data is The data from the network device received by the first terminal device.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining feedback information in some embodiments of the present application. Based on the method steps shown in FIG. 14, the method may further include: S421 and S422.
  • the first terminal device determines a sixth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the third time domain offset set, and the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set are used for detection by the first terminal device Second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used to indicate a downlink resource, and the downlink resource is used by the first terminal device to receive downlink data sent by a network device.
  • This third set of time domain offsets corresponds to the downlink.
  • the first terminal device detects second downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device sends HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information, including: S431.
  • the first terminal device sends HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one first downlink control information and the detected at least one second downlink control information, where the HARQ includes Side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ.
  • the first terminal device since the first terminal device can also receive the downlink data sent by the network device, the first terminal device also needs to send the downlink HARQ corresponding to the downlink data to the network device.
  • the first time domain resource determined in S410 may also be used by the first terminal device to send the downlink HARQ to the network device, that is, the HARQ includes downlink HARQ and side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device also needs to determine the downlink HARQ. Specifically, because the downlink data is scheduled by the second downlink control information (for example, PDCCH or DCI) sent by the network device. Therefore, the first terminal device can determine the downlink data according to the second downlink control information.
  • the second downlink control information for example, PDCCH or DCI
  • the first terminal device may determine a sixth time domain resource set according to the third time domain offset set and the first time domain resource, and the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set are used by the first terminal device to detect the second downlink Control information.
  • the second downlink control information is used to indicate downlink resources, and the downlink resources are used for the first terminal device to receive downlink data sent by the network device. It should be understood that when the first terminal device detects the second downlink control information on the sixth time domain resource set including the time domain resources, the detection result may be that one or more second downlink control information is detected, or it may also be The second downlink control information cannot be detected.
  • the network device may send one or more second downlink control information to the first terminal device on the sixth time domain resource set including the time domain resources, or may not send the second downlink control information.
  • the granularity of the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set may be symbols, time slots, subframes, or radio frames.
  • the third time domain offset set corresponds to the downlink, that is, the third time domain offset set is suitable for determining downlink related time domain resources.
  • time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set may partially overlap, that is, there may be an overlap between the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device detects second downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set.
  • the first terminal device may also detect the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information in the combined set of the time domain resources of the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set package.
  • the first terminal device detects at least one piece of first downlink control information and at least one piece of second downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the union of the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set information. It should be understood that the first terminal device may traverse the time domain resources included in the union of the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set, and detect the first downlink control information and the first downlink control information on each time domain resource. 2. Downlink control information. In other words, the first terminal may detect the first downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the union of the sixth time domain resource set and the fifth time domain resource set, or may detect the first downlink control information on the sixth time domain resource set and the second time domain resource set. The second downlink control information is detected on the time domain resources included in the union of the five time domain resource sets.
  • the first terminal device determines to send HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information and the detected at least one piece of second downlink control information.
  • a piece of detected first downlink control information may correspond to 1-bit or multi-bit side-line HARQ.
  • the detected second downlink control information may correspond to 1-bit or multi-bit downlink HARQ.
  • the positions of the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ in the HARQ may be determined in sequence according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information and the detected at least one piece of second downlink control information.
  • the feedback information transmission method provided in this application determines the first downlink control information used for scheduling side row resources and the time domain resources used for scheduling the second control information of downlink resources according to different time domain offset sets. Row resources are used to transmit side row data, and downlink resources are used to transmit downlink data.
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information may be transmitted, according to the detected first downlink control information and second downlink control information, determine the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data and the corresponding downlink data For downlink HARQ, these side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ are combined to generate a dynamic HARQ codebook.
  • a dynamic HARQ codebook Compared with the resource conflicts that may be caused by the transmission of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ separately using transmission resources, it can solve the problem that the sending device needs to be at the same time.
  • the problem of HARQ and downlink HARQ on the side of slot transmission improves the utilization rate of the spectrum, improves the reliability of data transmission, and reduces the complexity of terminal equipment implementation.
  • first time domain offset set and the third time domain offset set may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device through signaling.
  • the third time domain offset set may include: a PDSCH to a corresponding ACK/NACK feedback slot offset K1 set (PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing).
  • the first terminal device may determine the sixth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to K1set and K0.
  • K0 is the time slot offset from PDCCH to PDSCH.
  • both the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include a C-DAI (Counter-downlink assignment indicator) field and/or a T-DAI (total-downlink) field.
  • assignment indicator that is, the DAI value in the first downlink control information or the second downlink control information, indicating the PDCCH detection timing (PDCCH monitoring occasion) and the accumulated PDSCH reception, SPS PDSCH release and side resources in the two dimensions of the serving cell
  • the cumulative number of instructions is first accumulated in the ascending order of the index of the serving cell, and then accumulated in the ascending order of the index of the PDCCH detection timing.
  • T-DAI represents the total number of PDSCH reception, SPS PDSCH release, and the number of side row resource indications at a detection occasion. The value of T-DAI will only be updated when the timing is updated.
  • the detection timing (or can also be referred to as the listening position) can be understood as the time domain position when the first terminal device detects the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information.
  • a detection occasion can be understood as at least one symbol, one time slot, one subframe, or one radio frame, etc.
  • the multiple time slots can be understood as one detection occasion per time slot, that is, multiple time slots correspond to multiple detections.
  • the first terminal device needs to detect the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information in each time slot.
  • a first downlink control and a second downlink control information are detected, because the side HARQ and downlink HARQ corresponding to the two downlink control information are both in the first time domain
  • the side-line HARQ position of the side-line data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information may be in the detected second downlink Before the downlink HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the control information, or the side-line HARQ position of the side-line data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information may also be at the position of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information. After downlink HARQ.
  • the multiple side-line HARQ sequence corresponding to the multiple detected first downlink control information may be before the multiple downlink HARQ corresponding to the multiple detected second downlink control information, or the multiple detected first downlink control information
  • the sequence of one downlink control information corresponding to multiple side-line HARQs may also follow the multiple downlink HARQs corresponding to the detected multiple second downlink control information.
  • the first downlink control information used to indicate sideline resources and the second downlink control information used to schedule downlink data are detected on a PDCCH detection occasion and a serving cell,
  • the relative position (sequence) of the side-line HARQ corresponding to the first downlink control information and the downlink HARQ corresponding to the second downlink control information is determined, which improves the accuracy of HARQ feedback, ensures the normal operation of the HARQ mechanism, and reduces the implementation of terminal equipment
  • the complexity reduces the probability of multiple resource conflicts used for HARQ transmission.
  • control resource set can be understood as: certain specific time-frequency resources are used to carry control channels (downlink control information) on the time-frequency resources in the system, and these specific time-frequency resources will be notified to the terminal equipment through high-level signaling in advance, so that The terminal device can detect the control channel on the specific time-frequency resource at subsequent specific detection moments.
  • the control resource set includes time-frequency resource information occupied by the network device for transmitting the control channel (for example, PDCCH).
  • the smallest resource unit of the control resource set can be a control channel element (CCE), which can be understood as a control resource set composed of CCEs.
  • CCE control channel element
  • the index of the CCE corresponding to the detected first downlink control information (index) is less than the index of the first CCE corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, you can It is considered that the time when the first downlink control information is detected is earlier than the time when the second downlink control information is detected, and it can also be considered that the sideline data corresponding to the first downlink control information is earlier than the downlink data corresponding to the second downlink control information. Then, the side row HARQ sequence of the side row data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information may be before the downlink HARQ sequence of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the side row HARQ sequence of the side row data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information may be after the downlink HARQ sequence of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • first downlink control information and a plurality of second downlink control information are detected in one serving cell and one detection occasion. Then, a plurality of first downlink control information and a plurality of second downlink control information may be determined according to the size of the first CCE index corresponding to the detected plurality of first downlink control information and the plurality of second downlink control information. Corresponding relative positions (in order) of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ respectively.
  • the value of the counter downlink assignment Index (C-DAI) corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is smaller than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the side row HARQ sequence of the side row data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information may be before the downlink HARQ sequence of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information
  • the index (index) of the CCE corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the index of the first CCE corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, then The value of the counted downlink allocation index C-DAI corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the value of the total number of downlink allocation indexes (total-DAI) corresponding to the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information detected is the same .
  • the serving cell where the first downlink control information is located is configured with CBG-based HARQ feedback, and the HARQ corresponding to the first downlink control information is generated based on TB.
  • the number of feedback bits of one TB is equal to the number of configurable CBGs in one TB of downlink transmission and the number of configurable CBGs in one TB of side-line transmission.
  • the HARQ codebook based on CBG for side-line transmission and the HARQ codebook based on CBG for downlink transmission can be independently generated and cascaded together, and the DAI mechanism needs to be used to count separately.
  • the side-line transmission of the CBG-based HARQ codebook may be before the downlink transmission of the CBG-based HARQ codebook, or the side-line transmission of the CBG-based HARQ codebook may be after the downlink transmission of the CBG-based HARQ codebook.
  • the HARQ codebook based on CBG for side-line transmission and the HARQ codebook based on CBG for downlink transmission can be generated together, and the same DAI mechanism is needed to count.
  • the first control information is the last DCI or the first control information.
  • the second control information is the last DCI.
  • the first terminal device may determine the first time domain resource according to the indication of the last DCI.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the side row data.
  • a terminal device may determine the time domain resource occupied by multiple side row data according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource (for example, it may be the second time domain in method 300). Resource collection). Then, according to the time domain resources occupied by the multiple side row data and the first parameter, the fifth time domain resource set is determined.
  • the fifth time domain resource set can be understood as the time domain of the SL PDCCH in Figure 8, Figure 10, and Figure 12. A collection of resources.
  • the first time domain offset set may be referred to as a ⁇ PSSCH-to-PUCCH timing ⁇ set.
  • the PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • the PSSCH can be understood as the time domain resource occupied by the side row data or the side row data.
  • the time domain offset may include a sub-slot offset, a slot offset, a sub-frame offset, or a radio frame offset.
  • the first time domain offset set may be equivalent to the first time domain offset set shown in FIG. 8.
  • the process for the first terminal device to determine the time domain resources occupied by multiple side row data according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource may refer to the description in S311 above.
  • the time domain resources occupied by the multiple side row data can be understood as the second time domain resource set determined in S311.
  • the first terminal device After determining the time domain resources (second time domain resource set) occupied by multiple side row data, the first terminal device is based on the time domain resources (second time domain resource set) occupied by the multiple side row data and The second parameter determines the fifth time domain resource set, and the second parameter is a time domain offset (offset) between the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information.
  • Offset can be understood as the time domain offset between the second time domain resource set and the SL PDCCH time domain resource in FIG. 8, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12.
  • the SL PDCCH time domain resources in FIG. 8, FIG. 10, and FIG. 12 can be understood as the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the time domain resources occupied by multiple side row data include: time slot n-5, time slot n-4, and time slot n-3
  • the fifth time domain resource set includes: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ.
  • the first time domain offset set may be referred to as the ⁇ PSFCH-to-PUCCH timing ⁇ set.
  • the PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • the PSFCH can be understood as the resource occupied by side-line HARQ.
  • the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ is the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ sent by the first terminal device and received by other terminal devices.
  • the first terminal device determines the fifth time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the third parameter.
  • the third parameter includes: the time domain offset between the time domain resource of the side line data and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information, the period N of the feedback resource, and the time domain of the side line data The time domain offset K between the resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ.
  • the first terminal device may combine the period N of the feedback resource according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource, and the time domain resource of the side line data and the side line HARQ
  • the time domain offset K between time domain resources determines the time domain resources occupied by multiple side row data (for example, it may be the second time domain resource set in the method 300).
  • the first time domain offset set may be equivalent to the first time domain offset set shown in FIG. 10.
  • the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set the period N of the feedback resource, and the time domain offset K between the time domain resource of the side line data and the time domain resource of the side line HARQ, multiple
  • the time domain resources occupied by the multiple side row data can be understood as the second time domain resource set determined in S313.
  • the first terminal device After determining the time-domain resources occupied by the multiple side-line data, the first terminal device according to the time-domain resources occupied by the multiple side-line data, the time-domain resources of the side-line data, and the time domain occupied by the downlink control information
  • the time domain offset (offset) between the domain resources determines the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the specific process is similar to the above-mentioned process of determining the fifth time-domain resource set based on the second time-domain resource set and (offset). For related description, refer to the above-mentioned determining the fifth time-domain resource based on the second time-domain resource set and (offset). For the sake of brevity, the collection process will not be repeated here.
  • the first time domain offset set when the first time domain offset set is the time domain between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side row resource
  • the first time domain offset set may be referred to as the ⁇ PDCCH-to-PUCCH timing ⁇ set.
  • the first time domain offset set may be equivalent to the first time domain offset set shown in FIG. 12.
  • the PUCCH can be understood as the first time domain resource
  • the PDCCH can be understood as the downlink control information for scheduling side row resources.
  • the first time domain resource is time slot n
  • the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information of the side resource of the scheduling include: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6, that is, the first
  • the five-time domain resource set includes: time slot n-8, time slot n-7, and time slot n-6.
  • the predefined can be understood as defined by the protocol.
  • the signaling configuration can be understood as configured by high-level or physical layer signaling.
  • High-level signaling may include, for example, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE), and radio link control (radio link control, RLC). Signaling etc.
  • the physical layer signaling may include, for example, DCI, SCI, and so on.
  • first, the second, etc. are only for ease of description.
  • first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are only used to indicate different time domain resources. It should not have any influence on the time domain resource itself and the number, and the above-mentioned first, second, etc. should not cause any limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
  • pre-set and pre-defined can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminals and network devices). To achieve, this application does not limit its specific implementation.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 may correspond to the first terminal device described in the above method 200, or may be a chip or component applied to the first terminal device.
  • each module or unit in the device 500 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the first terminal device in the above method 200.
  • the device 500 includes a processing unit 510 and a transceiver unit 520.
  • the transceiving unit 520 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 510.
  • the processing unit 510 is configured to obtain a first resource for transmitting side-line HARQ and a second resource for transmitting downlink HARQ.
  • the side-line HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device, and the downlink HARQ is HARQ corresponding to the downlink data from the network device received by the first terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 520 is configured to send feedback information to the network device on the third resource according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold when the first resource and the second resource overlap in the time domain ,
  • the feedback information includes the side HARQ and/or the downlink HARQ, and the third resource is determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the feedback information transmission device uses a threshold to compare with the side HARQ priority when transmitting side HARQ resources and downlink HARQ resources overlapping in the time domain.
  • the threshold is used to characterize the priority of the downlink service type. level. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information transmitted on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is:
  • the priority of the side row HARQ is: the priority of the first resource, or the priority of the side row HARQ is the priority of the side row data corresponding to the side row HARQ, or the priority of the side row HARQ is the side Priority of PSSCH corresponding to HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the value of the priority field in the SCI for scheduling the side-line data, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the channel for transmitting the side-line HARQ, or the priority of the side-line HARQ
  • the level is the priority of the side-line transmission corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the data with the highest priority among the multiple data.
  • the processing unit 510 is further configured to determine the first threshold from at least one threshold according to the service type of the downlink data, and the at least one threshold corresponds to different service types.
  • the transceiver unit 520 when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the transceiver unit 520 is further configured to only send to the network device on the third resource The downlink HARQ;
  • the transceiver unit 520 is further configured to send only the side-line HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the transceiver unit 520 is further configured to send the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the transceiver unit 520 is further configured to send only the downlink HARQ to the network device on the third resource.
  • the device 500 may also include a storage unit, and the transceiving unit 520 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 520 and the processing unit 510.
  • the transceiving unit 520, the processing unit 510, and the storage unit are coupled with each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 510 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 520 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 510.
  • the transceiving unit 520 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute each embodiment of the aforementioned method 200 and the first terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 to receive information and Steps to send information.
  • a receiving unit module
  • a sending unit module
  • the transceiving unit 520 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 510 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the feedback information transmission device 600 may include a processor 610, a memory 620, a transceiver 630, and a bus system 640.
  • the various components of the device 600 are coupled together through a bus system 640, where the bus system 640 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc. in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 640 in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 17 is only schematically drawn.
  • the feedback information transmission apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 16 or the feedback information transmission apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 17 can implement the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the execution performed by the first terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 step.
  • the description in the corresponding method please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • the feedback information transmission apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 16 or the feedback information transmission apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 17 may be a terminal device.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 700 may correspond to the network equipment described in the above method 200, or may be a chip or component applied to the network equipment, and Each module or unit in the device 700 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the network device in the method 200 described above.
  • the apparatus 700 may include a processing unit 710 and a transceiver unit 720.
  • the transceiving unit 720 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 710.
  • the processing unit 710 is configured to determine a first resource used to transmit side-line HARQ and a second resource used to transmit downlink HARQ, where the side-line HARQ is the HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device, and the downlink HARQ is HARQ corresponding to the downlink data sent by the network device to the first terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 720 is configured to receive feedback information from the first terminal device on the third resource when the first resource and the second resource overlap in the time domain, where the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and/ Or for the downlink HARQ, the feedback information is determined according to the priority of the side-line HARQ and the first threshold, and the third resource is determined according to the first resource and the second resource.
  • the feedback information transmission device uses a threshold to compare with the side HARQ priority when transmitting side HARQ resources and downlink HARQ resources overlapping in the time domain.
  • the threshold is used to characterize the priority of the downlink service type. level. Among them, the thresholds corresponding to different downlink service types may be different.
  • the feedback information received on the third resource is determined according to the comparison result.
  • the feedback information of the third resource may be multiplexing of side-line HARQ and downlink HARQ or one of them. The normal operation of the HARQ feedback mechanism is ensured, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is: the priority of the first resource, or the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the side-line data corresponding to the side-line HARQ
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the PSSCH corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the value of the priority field in the SCI for scheduling the side-line data
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the channel for transmitting the side-line HARQ
  • the level is the priority of the side-line transmission corresponding to the side-line HARQ.
  • the priority of the side-line HARQ is the priority of the data with the highest priority among the multiple data.
  • the first threshold is determined from at least one threshold according to the service type of the downlink data, and the at least one threshold corresponds to different service types.
  • the feedback information when the priority of the side-line HARQ is less than or equal to the first threshold, the feedback information only includes the downlink HARQ;
  • the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ.
  • the feedback information when the priority of the side-line HARQ is greater than the first threshold, the feedback information includes the side-line HARQ and the downlink HARQ.
  • the feedback information only includes the side-line HARQ.
  • the transceiving unit 720 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 to receive information and send information. A step of.
  • the device 700 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 720 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 720 and the processing unit 710.
  • the transceiving unit 720, the processing unit 710, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 710 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 720 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 710.
  • the transceiving unit 720 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 710 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 19, the feedback information transmission apparatus 800 may include a processor 810, a memory 820, and a transceiver 830.
  • the feedback information transmission apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 18 or the feedback information transmission apparatus 800 shown in FIG. 19 can implement the embodiment in the foregoing method 200 and the steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • the description in the corresponding method please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • the feedback information transmission apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 18 or the feedback information transmission apparatus 800 shown in FIG. 19 may be a network device.
  • FIG. 20 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 900 for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 900 may correspond to the first terminal device described in the above method 300 and method 400, or may be a chip applied to the first terminal device. Or components, and each module or unit in the device 900 is used to execute each action or process performed by the first terminal device in the above-mentioned method 300 and method 400, respectively.
  • the device 900 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920.
  • the transceiving unit 920 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 910.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to determine a second time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, where the first time domain resource is available for the first terminal device to send the hybrid The time domain resource of the automatic repeat request HARQ, where the HARQ includes the side-line HARQ corresponding to the side-line data sent by the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine a third time domain resource set in the second time domain resource set, and the time domain resource in the third time domain resource set is a candidate time domain resource for sending the side row data .
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine the HARQ according to the third time domain resource set.
  • the feedback information transmission device determines all the time domain resources that may send side-line data based on the uplink time-domain resources that can be used to send side-line HARQ and the first time-domain offset set, and determines all the time-domain resources that may be used to send side-line data.
  • the corresponding HARQ bit positions are reserved for the side line data, and all possible side line HARQs are jointly generated into a semi-static HARQ codebook, thus ensuring that all possible side line HARQs can be fed back normally, which can solve the need for a transmitting device
  • the problem of resource conflicts when sending multiple side-line HARQs on multiple resources improves the utilization rate of the spectrum and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • semi-statically reserves bits for each possible side-line transmission, ensuring that the understanding of the side-line HARQ between the network device and the first terminal device is consistent, and there will be no confusion.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by side row data
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ, and the side-line HARQ
  • the time domain resource of is the time domain resource of the side HARQ received by the first terminal device
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to: determine multiple side HARQ time domain resources according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource; In the time domain resources, the second time domain resource set is determined according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes the period of the feedback resource and the time domain between the time domain resource of the side-line data and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ Offset.
  • the first time domain offset set is the time domain offset between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information of the scheduling side row resource
  • the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send the side row data
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine, according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource, a plurality of time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information for scheduling the side row resource; Among the time domain resources occupied by the multiple control information, the second time domain resource set is determined according to a second parameter, where the second parameter is the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain occupied by the downlink control information The time domain offset between resources.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine in the second time domain resource set according to the frame structure ratio of the time domain resources included in the second time domain resource set The third time domain resource collection.
  • the HARQ further includes downlink HARQ corresponding to downlink data, where the downlink data is data from a network device received by the first terminal device,
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to: determine a fourth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the second time domain offset set, where the fourth time domain resource set includes multiple sets of time domain resources for transmitting downlink data.
  • the downlink data is data from the network device received by the first terminal device; the HARQ is determined according to the third time domain resource set and the fourth time domain resource set.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine the HARQ according to the frame structure ratio of the third time domain resource set and the time domain resources included in the fourth time domain resource set .
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to send the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to determine a fifth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the first time domain offset set, where the first time domain resource is used by the first terminal device to send the hybrid automatic reset to the network device. Transmission request HARQ, the first time domain offset set corresponds to the side link.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to detect first downlink control information on the time domain resources included in the fifth time domain resource set.
  • the first downlink control information is used to indicate a side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the side row resource.
  • the first terminal device sends sideline data.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to send HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information, where the HARQ includes a side corresponding to the at least one piece of first downlink control information.
  • the side line HARQ of the line data is configured to send HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one piece of first downlink control information, where the HARQ includes a side corresponding to the at least one piece of first downlink control information.
  • the feedback information transmission apparatus is based on the first time domain resource used to send side HARQ and the fifth time domain offset set, and the fifth time domain resource set includes the time domain resource which is used for the first terminal device. Detect first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to indicate a side row resource, and the side row resource is used for the first terminal device to send side row data.
  • the HARQ further includes downlink HARQ corresponding to downlink data, and the downlink data is data from a network device received by the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to: determine, according to the third time domain offset set, a sixth time domain resource set corresponding to the first time domain resource, where the sixth time domain resource set includes multiple information used to transmit downlink control information.
  • Time domain resources, the third time domain offset set corresponds to the downlink; on the time domain resources included in the sixth time domain resource set, second downlink control information is detected, and the second downlink control information is used to indicate A downlink resource, where the downlink resource is used by the first terminal device to receive the downlink data;
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the HARQ to the network device on the first time domain resource according to the detected at least one first downlink control information and the detected at least one second downlink control information.
  • the processing unit 910 when the processing unit 910 detects the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information in a serving cell and a detection occasion,
  • the side row HARQ position of the side row data corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is before the downlink HARQ position of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, or the detected first downlink control information
  • the side row HARQ position of the side row data corresponding to the information is after the downlink HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the processing unit 910 when the processing unit 910 detects the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information on a serving cell and on a detection occasion,
  • the detected first downlink control information When the CCE index of the first control channel element corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is less than the first CCE index corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, the detected first downlink control information
  • the side row HARQ position of the side row data corresponding to the information is before the downlink HARQ position of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information; or,
  • the detected first downlink control information When the first control channel element CCE index corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the first CCE index corresponding to the detected second downlink control information, the detected first downlink control information
  • the side row HARQ position of the corresponding side row data is after the HARQ of the downlink data corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the value of the counted downlink allocation index C-DAI corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is less than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information. Value; or,
  • the value of the counted downlink allocation index C-DAI corresponding to the detected first downlink control information is greater than the value of the C-DAI corresponding to the detected second downlink control information.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by side row data
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to: determine the time domain resource occupied by the multiple side row data according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource; according to the multiple side row data
  • the occupied time domain resource and the second parameter determine the fifth time domain resource set, and the second parameter is the time domain offset between the time domain resource of the side row data and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource of the side-line HARQ, and the side-line HARQ
  • the time domain resource of is the time domain resource of the side HARQ received by the first terminal device
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine the fifth time domain resource set according to the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and a third parameter, where the third parameter includes: the time domain resource of the side row data and The time domain offset between the time domain resources occupied by the downlink control information, the period of the feedback resource, and the time domain offset between the time domain resources of the side row data and the time domain resources of the side row HARQ.
  • the first time domain offset set is a set of time domain offsets between the first time domain resource and the time domain resource occupied by the downlink control information.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine the fifth time domain resource set and the time domain offset included in the first time domain offset set and the first time domain resource.
  • the device 900 may also include a storage unit, and the transceiver unit 920 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 920 and the processing unit 910.
  • the transceiving unit 920, the processing unit 910, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 910 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 920 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 910.
  • the transceiving unit 920 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the aforementioned method 300, method 400, as shown in FIGS. 5-7, 9, 11, and 13-15.
  • the first terminal device receives information and sends information.
  • the transceiving unit 920 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 910 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the apparatus 1000 for transmitting feedback information may include a processor 1010, a memory 1020, a transceiver 1030, and a bus system 1040.
  • the components of the feedback information transmission device 1000 are coupled together through a bus system 1040, where the bus system 1040 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc., in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 1040 in FIG. 21.
  • FIG. 21 is only schematically drawn.
  • the feedback information transmission device 900 shown in FIG. 20 or the feedback information transmission device 1000 shown in FIG. 21 can implement the aforementioned method 300, method 400, and FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, FIG. 9, FIG. 11, and FIG. 13 to FIG. 15.
  • the steps performed by the first terminal device in the illustrated embodiment please refer to the description in the corresponding method. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • the foregoing device may be a network device, a terminal, a chip applied to a network device or terminal, or other combination devices or components having the functions of the foregoing network device or terminal.
  • the receiving module may be a receiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, for example, a baseband processor
  • the sending module may be a transmitter, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated transceivers.
  • the receiving module may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the sending module may be a radio frequency unit
  • the receiving module may be an input interface of the chip system
  • the processing module may be a processor of the chip system, such as a central processing unit (CPU)
  • the sending module may be an output interface of the chip system.
  • each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1100 provided by this application.
  • the foregoing apparatuses 500 to 600, or apparatuses 900 and 1000 may be configured in the terminal device 1100.
  • the apparatuses 500 to 600, or the apparatuses 900 and 1000 themselves may be the terminal equipment 1100.
  • the terminal device 1100 may execute the actions performed by the first terminal device in the foregoing method 200 to method 400.
  • FIG. 22 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1100 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 22 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 22 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1101 of the terminal device 1100, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1102 of the terminal device 1100.
  • the terminal device 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1101 and a processing unit 1102.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1101 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1101 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 1101 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device 1200 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 1210, a data sending processor 1220, and a data receiving processor 1230.
  • the processing unit and the processing unit in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1210 in FIG. 13 and perform corresponding functions.
  • the transceiving unit in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1220 and/or the receiving data processor 1230 in FIG. 23.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 23, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1300 provided by an embodiment of this application, which may be used to implement the functions of the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the network device 1300 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1301 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1302.
  • RRU 1301 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 13011 and a radio frequency unit 13012.
  • the RRU 1301 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the 1302 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station.
  • the RRU 1301 and the BBU 1302 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1302 is the control center of the base station, which can also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1302 may be used to control the base station 130 to execute the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1302 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and can also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1302 also includes a memory 13021 and a processor 13022.
  • the memory 13021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 13021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like.
  • the processor 13022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 13021 and the processor 13022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1302 and part 1301 can be realized by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 24 It should be understood that the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 24 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (For example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned first terminal device and the above-mentioned network device.
  • the communication system may also include at least one other terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send sideline data to at least one other terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the feedback information transmission method in the foregoing method 200 to method 400 of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes an instruction, when the instruction is executed, so that the simple capability of the terminal device and the network device respectively execute the first terminal device and the network device corresponding to the above method operating.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication device executes any of the feedback information transmission methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • any communication device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions.
  • static storage devices RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the foregoing may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the program for controlling the foregoing feedback information transmission method.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • system and "network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • and/or in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • uplink and downlink appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario.
  • the "uplink” direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side.
  • the “downlink” direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction in which the centralized unit transmits to the distributed unit.
  • uplink and downlink “It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission, and the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法和装置，可以应用于车联网、V2X、V2V等系统中，该方法包括：第一终端设备获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，下行HARQ为第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的下行数据对应的HARQ。在第一资源和第二资源在时域上重叠时，根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向网络设备发送反馈信息，反馈信息包括侧行HARQ和/或下行HARQ，该第一阈值可用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。

Description

反馈信息传输的方法和装置 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，更为具体的，涉及一种反馈信息传输的方法和装置。
背景技术
车辆对其他设备(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信是车联网中实现环境感知、信息交互的重要关键技术。不同用户终端设备之间的通信链路可以称之为侧行链路(sidelink,SL)。车辆与其他实体(entity)的通信(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)可以使用侧行链路进行。V2X通信可以看成是设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信的一种特殊情形。不同用户终端设备之间的通信链路可以称之为SL。例如，车辆到车辆之间的通信链路可以为SL。在V2X通信系统中，物理侧行控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)用于传输V2X通信中的控制信息，物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)用于传输V2X通信中的数据。
在侧行链路上，接收侧行数据的终端设备(简称为接收设备)也会利用混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)机制向发送侧行数据的终端设备(简称为发送设备)反馈该侧行数据是否正确接收。接收设备会向发送设备发送HARQ(或者也可以称为HARQ信息)，该HARQ可以包括否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)和/或肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)。发送设备可以将侧行链路的HARQ反馈给网络设备以便于网络设备分配重传资源。
对于发送设备而言，可能既需要将网络设备发送给自己的下行数据对应的下行HARQ反馈给网络设备，也需要将侧行数据(例如PSSCH)对应的侧行HARQ反馈给网络设备，由于下行HARQ和侧行HARQ都需要通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)资源发送给网络设备，因此，可能会造成发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH资源在时域上重叠(overlap)的问题，造成资源冲突，使得反馈信息(下行HARQ和侧行HARQ)受到影响，不能保证HARQ反馈机制正常运行，降低了数据传输的可靠性，降低了通信效率。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法和装置，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值可用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息，该反馈信息包括HARQ和/或下行HARQ，保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
第一方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为第一终端设备为例。该方法包括：第一终端设备获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源， 该侧行HARQ为该第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，该下行HARQ为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的下行数据对应的HARQ；
在该第一资源和该第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，该第一终端设备根据该侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向该网络设备发送反馈信息，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和/或该下行HARQ，该第三资源是根据该第一资源和该第二资源确定的。
第一方面提供的反馈信息传输的方法，针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该侧行HARQ的优先级为：第一资源的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的PSSCH的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为调度该侧行数据的SCI中优先级字段的值，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为传输该侧行HARQ的信道的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为侧行HARQ对应的侧行传输的优先级。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，该侧行HARQ的优先级为该多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备根据该下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定该第一阈值，至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备根据该侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向该网络设备发送反馈信息，包括：
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ。当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该侧行HARQ。在该实现方式中，可以保证高优先级的业务数据对应的HARQ正常的进行反馈，确保高优先级业务数据传输的可靠性。
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备根据该侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向该网络设备发送反馈信息，包括：
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在第三资源上向该网络设备发送该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ。当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ。在该实现方式中，通过为不同优先级的下行业务类型配置不同的阈值，可以保证高优先级上行业务的传输可靠性和时延，通过在第一资源和第二资源重叠的情况下，保证了侧行链路和下行链路中的至少一个的HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了侧行链路和下行链路中的至少一个的数据传输的可靠性。
第二方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片，以执行主体为第一终端设备为例。该方法包括：第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，该第一时域资源为可用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ的时域 资源，该HARQ包括该第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ；
该第一终端设备在该第二时域资源集合中，确定第三时域资源集合，该第三时域资源集合中的时域资源为用于发送该侧行数据的候选时域资源；
该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。
第二方面提供的确定反馈信息的方法，根据可以用于发送侧行HARQ的上行时域资源以及第一时域偏移集合，确定出可能发送侧行数据的所有时域资源，为这些所有可能发送的侧行数据均预留相应的HARQ比特位置，将所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，从而保证了所有可能的侧行HARQ均可以正常反馈，可以解决一个发送设备需要在多个资源上发送多个侧行HARQ时资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性。同时，半静态的为每个可能的侧行传输预留比特位，保证了网络设备和第一终端设备之间对侧行HARQ的理解是一致的，不会出现混淆。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合；
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定该第二时域资源集合。在该实现方式中，通过利用第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合来确定该第二时域资源集合，可以提高确定第二时域资源集合的效率，容易实现，复杂度低，提高第二时域集合的准确性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收侧行HARQ的时域资源。
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行HARQ的时域资源；该第一终端设备在该多个侧行HARQ的时域资源中，根据第一参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第一参数包括反馈资源的周期，以及侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移。在该实现方式中，通过利用该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合以及第一参数来确定该第二时域资源集合，可以提高确定第二时域资源集合的效率，提高第二时域集合的准确性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送该侧行数据，该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个调度该侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源；该第一终端设备在该多个控制信息所占的时域资源中，根据第二参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第二参数为该侧行数据的时域资源与该下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移。通过利用该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合以及第二参数来确定该第二时域资源集合，可以提高确定第二时域资源集合的效率，提高第二时域集合的准确性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备在该第二时域资源集合中，确定 第三时域资源集合，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第二时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，在该第二时域资源集合中，确定该第三时域资源集合。在该实现方式中，通过利用帧结构配比，在该第二时域资源集合中确定该第三时域资源集合，可以提高确定第三时域资源集合的效率，提高第三时域集合的准确性。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该HARQ还包括下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据，
该方法还包括：该第一终端设备根据第二时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第四时域资源集合，该第四时域资源集合包括用于传输下行数据的多个候选时域资源，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据；该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合，确定该HARQ，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。
在该实现方式中，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合和用于发送侧行HARQ的第一时域资源，确定出可能发送侧行数据的所有时域资源，为这些所有可能发送的侧行数据均预留相应的HARQ比特，将所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，从而避免了SL PDCCH丢失导致的网络设备和第一终端设备对向网络设备发送的HARQ比特个数以及相应顺序的理解不一致造成的通信错误问题。提高了HARQ反馈的可靠性，同时，相较于对一个侧行传输的HARQ单独反馈，将多个侧行传输的HARQ放在一起反馈，可以提高频谱的利用率，降低了多个用于HARQ传输的资源冲突的概率，降低终端设备实现的复杂度。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ，包括：该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，确定该HARQ。在该实现方式中，通过利用帧结构配比，根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ，可以提高确定HARQ的效率。
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一终端设备在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送该HARQ。
第三方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片，以执行主体为第一终端设备为例。该方法包括：
第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，该第一时域资源用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ，该第一时域偏移集合对应于侧行链路；该第一终端设备在该第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第一下行控制信息该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据；该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ，该HARQ包括针对该至少一个第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ。
第三方提供的反馈信息传输的方法，通过根据用于发送侧行HARQ的第一时域资源以及第五时域偏移集合，第五时域资源集合包括时域资源是用于第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息，该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。根据第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息， 确定侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ，将这些所有侧行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，可以解决发送设备需要单独传输每个侧行传输相应的HARQ导致传输资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，同时降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该HARQ还包括针对下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据；
该方法还包括：
第一终端设备根据第三时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第六时域资源集合，该第六时域资源集合包括用于传输下行控制信息的多个时域资源，该第三时域偏移集合对应于下行链路；该第一终端设备在该第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第二下行控制信息，该第二下行控制信息用于指示下行资源，该下行资源用于该第一终端设备接收该下行数据；
该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ，包括：
该第一终端设备根据检测到的该至少一个第一下行控制信息和检测到的至少一个第二下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送该HARQ。
在该实现方式中，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合确定用于调度侧行资源的第一下行控制信息和用于调度下行资源的第二控制信息的时域资源，侧行资源用于传输侧行数据，下行资源用于传输下行数据。在可能传输第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息时域资源上，根据检测到的第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，确定侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ和下行数据对应下行HARQ，将这些侧行HARQ和下行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，解决了侧行HARQ和下行HARQ传输资源冲突的问题，保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。相较于分别独立使用传输资源传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ可能导致的资源冲突，可以解决发送设备需要在同一个时隙传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，当在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前，或者，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之后。在该实现方式中，在一个PDCCH检测时机以及一个服务小区上，检测到到用于指示侧行资源的第一下行控制信息和用于调度下行数据的第二下行控制信息，确定了第一下行控制信息对应的侧行HARQ和第二下行控制信息对应的下行HARQ相对位置(先后顺序)，提高了HARQ反馈的准确性，保证了HARQ机制正常运行。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，当在一个服务小区上和一个检测时机上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，当该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的第一个控制信道元素CCE索引小于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前；或者，
当该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的第一个控制信道元素CCE索引大于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，该检测到第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的HARQ之后。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引C-DAI的值小于该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值；或者，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引C-DAI的值大于该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，包括：
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行数据所占的时域资源；该第一终端设备根据该多个侧行数据所占的时域资源和第二参数，确定该第五时域资源集合，该第二参数为侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收侧行HARQ的时域资源，该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，包括：
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移以及第三参数，确定该第五时域资源集合，该第三参数包括：该侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移、反馈资源的周期，以及该侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
在第三方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合。该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，包括：
该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定第五时域资源集合。
第四方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，该方法的执行主体既可以是网络设备，也可以是应用于网络设备的芯片，该方法包括：确定用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，该侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，该下行HARQ为网络设备向该第一终端设备发送的下行数据对应的HARQ；在该第一资源和该第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，在第三资源上接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和/或该下行HARQ，该反馈信息是根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值确定的，该第三资源是根据该第一资源和该第二资源确定的。
第四方面提供的反馈信息传输的方法，针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上接收的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复 用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该侧行HARQ的优先级为：该侧行HARQ的优先级为：第一资源的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的PSSCH的优先级。或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为调度该侧行数据的SCI中优先级字段的值，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为传输该侧行HARQ的信道的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为侧行HARQ对应的侧行传输的优先级。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，该侧行HARQ的优先级为该多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，该第一阈值是根据该下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定的，该至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该下行HARQ；当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。
在第四方面一种可能的实现方式中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ；当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。
第五方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括用于执行以上第一方面至第三方面，或者第一方面至第三方面中的任意可能的实现方式的各个步骤的单元。
第六方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括用于执行以上第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个步骤的单元。
第七方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面至第三方面，或者第一方面至第三方面中的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第八方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第九方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面至第三方面，或者第一方面至第三方面中的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种反馈信息传输的装置，该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括上述第五方面提供的反馈信息传输的装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第七方面提供的反馈信息传输的装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第九面提供的反馈信息传输的装置。
第十二方面，提供了一种网路设备，该终端设备包括上述第六方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第八方面提供的通信装置，或者，该终端设备包括上述第十方面提供的通信装置。
第十三方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，该计算机程序在被处理器执行时，用于执行第一方面至第四方面、或者第一方面至第四方面中 的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序被执行时，用于执行第一方面至第四方面、或者第一方面至第四方面中的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十五方面，提供了一种芯片，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片的装置执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法和装置。针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
附图说明
图1是一例适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。
图2是另一例适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一例反馈信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一例反馈信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一例确定反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一例确定反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一例确定反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一例第一时域偏移集合的示意性图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一例确定反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一例第一时域偏移集合的示意性图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一例确定反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一例第一时域偏移集合的示意性图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的一例反馈信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一例反馈信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一例反馈信息传输的方法的示意性交互图。
图16是本申请实施例提供的一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图17是本申请实施例提供的另一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图18是本申请实施例提供的一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图19是本申请实施例提供的另一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图20是本申请实施例提供的一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图21是本申请实施例提供的另一例反馈信息传输的装置的示意性框图。
图22是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图。
图23是本申请实施例提供的另一例终端设备的示意性框图。
图24是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：V2X或者设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信系统、全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation，5G)系统或新无线(New Radio，NR)等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。V2X通信系统中的汽车、车载设备等。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备。例如，可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元，车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片、车载单元或者路边站等。或者还可以是未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为服务传输接收点(serving transmission reception point,Serving TRP)、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方 法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
目前5G新空口(new radio，NR)的下行传输支持半持续性调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)和动态调度的PDSCH。对于下行的数据传输，HARQ是一种高效的反馈机制。一方面，通过重传可以极大提高下行数据传输的可靠性，另一方面，终端设备反馈HARQ的肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)/否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)信息，只有反馈NACK时，网络设备才需要进行重传，提高了数据传输效率。
在NR设计中，支持两种HARQ-ACK码本配置，即动态码本(dynamic codebook)和半静态码本(semi-static codebook)。对于下行的数据传输，混合自动重传(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)是一种高效的反馈机制。一方面，通过重传可以极大提高下行数据传输的可靠性，另一方面，用户设备(user equipment，UE)反馈HARQ的肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK)/否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)信息，只有反馈NACK时，网络设备才需要进行重传，提高了数据传输效率和可靠性。在NR设计中，支持两种HARQ-ACK码本配置，即动态码本(dynamic codebook)和半静态码本(semi-static codebook)。HARQ-ACK码本可以理解为在某个上行时间单元上需要反馈的、与PDSCH对应的ACK/NACK的一种排列，包含2层含义：第一：HARQ-ACK码本包含哪些PDSCH的ACK/NACK。第二：这些PDSCH的ACK/NACK在码本中的排列顺序。也就是说，将需要在同一个上行时间单元内发送的至少一个的PDSCH的反馈信息ACK/NACK按照一定的顺序排列为一串连续的比特，就形成了HARQ-ACK码本。
动态码本(Dynamic codebook)模式：又称Type 2HARQ Codebook。终端设备在每个PDCCH检测时机(monitoring occasion)检测PDCCH，利用检测到的PDCCH中的时域资源分配(time domain resource allocation)字段和PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing字段，首先根据Time Domain Resource Allocation字段中包含的PDCCH到PDSCH的时隙偏移K0与PDCCH所在时隙编号确定PDSCH所在时隙编号，例如，PDCCH在时隙编号为n,根据K0，可以确定PDSCH所在的时隙编号为n+K0,然后根据PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing字段获取HARQ-ACK timing，即PDSCH到对应的ACK/NACK反馈的时隙偏移K1，从而获知对应的ACK/NACK反馈所在时隙编号。例如，PDSCH所在的时隙编号为n+K0，则确定PDSCH对应的ACK/NACK反馈所在的时隙编号为n+K0+K1。将所有需要在同一个时隙发送的ACK/NACK按照该ACK/NACK所对应的PDSCH的PDCCH在时域上从前到后的顺序，串联生成一个HARQ-ACK码本。例如，在时隙编号为n+K0+K1的时隙中，要发送4个数据PDSCH 1～PDSCH 4对应的ACK/NACK反馈信息，且PDSCH 1～PDSCH 4对应的PDCCH为PDCCH1～PDCCH 4，PDCCH 1～PDCCH 4为时域上从前到后的顺序，则将PDSCH 1～PDSCH 4的反馈信息依次串联生成一个HARQ-ACK码本。
半静态码本(Semi-static codebook)模式：又称Type 1HARQ Codebook。半静态码本确定的过程分为以下步骤：1)终端设备确定发送ACK/NACK反馈信息的时隙为第i个时隙，具体时隙i的确定是根据PDSCH对应的PDCCH确定的，假设有一个在时隙n的PDCCH调度PDSCH在时隙n+K0发送PDSCH，且指示该PDSCH对应的ACK/NACK反馈信息在时隙n+K0+K1,则该时隙n+K0+K1为时隙i。2)根据高层信令发送的配置信息获取K1的可能取值K1集合(K1set)，基于上述信息，终端设备确定所有要在第i个时隙发送反馈信息的所有的PDSCH可能所在的时隙，3)再根据高层信令发送的配置信息中包含的Time Domain Resource Allocation表格，确定PDSCH时域位置的潜在取值集合，在该所有的PDSCH可能所在的时隙中的每个时隙中确定PDSCH的候选时机(candidate occasion)，4)将该所有的PDSCH可能所在的时隙中的每个时隙中的每个PDSCH candidate occasion对应的ACK/NACK按照PDSCH candidate occasion在时域上从前到后的顺序，以及该所有时隙在时域上从前到后的顺序串联，串联生成一个HARQ-ACK码本。
对于HARQ码本大小，一般情况下，发送方发送一个传输块(Transmit Block,TB)，如果接收方成功接收到该TB则向发送方反馈ACK，如果接收方没有成功接收到该TB则向发送方反馈NACK，发送方收到NACK后重传该TB。除此之外，一个TB加了循环冗余码校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)校验比特后，会被分割成多个码块(code Block,CB)。每个CB会加CRC校验比特。基于TB的反馈即一个TB反馈1比特，正确接收TB则反馈1比特的ACK，接收错误TB则反馈1比特的NACK。而一个TB通常情况下包括多个CB，将多个CB按照一定的规则划分成多个(code Block group,CBG),一个CBG包括多个CB。基于CBG的反馈即一个CBG反馈1比特。一个CBG中全部CB的CRC校验都成功了则反馈ACK，否则反馈NACK。
V2X通信是车联网中实现环境感知、信息交互的重要关键技术，这里的其他设备可以是其他车辆、其他基础设施、行人、终端设备等。V2X通信可以看成是设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信的一种特殊情形。不同用户终端设备之间的通信链路可以称之为SL。例如，车辆到车辆之间的通信链路可以为SL。在V2X通信系统中，物理侧行控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)用于传输V2X通信中的控制信息，物理侧行共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)用于传输V2X通信中的数据。
目前，V2X通信中的物理资源分配包含两种分配方式,V2X通信包含两种通信模式：第一种资源分配方式是基于网络设备(例如基站)的调度，V2X中的用户设备(例如可以是车辆或者车载设备)根据网络设备的调度信息在被调度的时频资源上发送V2X通信的控制消息和数据。第二资源分配方式是V2X中的用户设备在预配置的V2X通信资源池(或者也可以称为V2X资源集合)包含的可用时频资源中自行选择V2X通信所用的时频资源。在第一种资源分配方式下，侧行链路的资源都是由网络设备来进行分配的。与此同时，终端设备之间在通过侧行链路通信也会采用类似的HARQ反馈机制用于确认侧行数据(例如PSSCH)的发送是否成功。例如，在侧行链路上，如果接收数据的终端设备(简称为接收设备)接收的数据的循环冗余码校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)并没有通过， 接收设备会反馈NACK信息。发送设备的在接收到NACK之后会对该侧行数据进行重传。但是如果此时发送设备工作在第一种资源分配方式下，重传资源也是需要网络设备来进行调度的，发送设备需要将侧行链路的对应侧行HARQ信息反馈给网络设备。
对于发送设备而言，也会接收到网络设备发送的下行数据(例如通过PDSCH接收)，发送设备也需要将该下行数据对应的下行HARQ反馈给网络设备。由于下行HARQ和侧行HARQ都需要通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)资源发送给网络设备，如果发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH不可以在同一个时隙，则发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH资源不会冲突，但是上行资源是有限的，这样会严重影响Uu的通信性能和下行数据传输的时延。因此，发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH可以在同一个时隙传输，因此，可能会造成发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH资源在时域上重叠(overlap)的问题，造成资源冲突，使得下行HARQ和侧行HARQ的传输受到影响，不能保证HARQ反馈机制正常运行，降低了数据传输的可靠性，降低了通信效率。
有鉴于此，本申请提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，针对侧行HARQ的传输资源和下行HARQ的传输资源在时域上重叠时，利用预定义的或者预配置的阈值与侧行HARQ的优先级进行比较，该阈值可以用于表征下行HARQ对应的优先级。根据比较结果确定侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者丢弃的规则，保证了高优先级的侧行传输的HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
这里侧行HARQ的传输资源可以理解为承载侧行HARQ的PUCCH的传输资源，下行HARQ的传输资源可以理解为承载下行HARQ的PUCCH或PUSCH的传输资源。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先结合图1和图2简单介绍适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括四个通信设备，例如，网络设备110，终端设备121至123，其中，网络设备110与终端设备121至123中的至少一个之间可以通过无线连接进行数据通信。对于终端设备121至123，两两之间形成的链路为SL。例如，终端设备121向终端设备122发送侧行数据并且收到终端设备122反馈的HARQ后，终端设备121和网络设备110之间进行侧行HARQ反馈和下行HARQ反馈时，可以利用本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法进行反馈信息的传输，其中，终端设备121可以利用组播或者广播的方式向其他多个终端设备(包括终端设备122向终端设备123)发送侧行数据。终端设备122和终端设备123可以分别将各自侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ反馈给终端设备121。终端设备121向网络设备110发送的侧行HARQ可以包括终端设备121向其他多个终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。
图2是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的另一通信系统120的示意图。如图2所示，该通信系统120包括三个通信设备，例如，终端设备121至123，其中，终端设备和终端设备可以通过D2D或者V2X的通信方式进行数据通信。对于终端设备121至123，两两之间的链路为SL。例如，终端设备121可以利用组播或者广播的方式向其他多个终端设备(包括终端设备122向终端设备123)发送侧行数据。终端设备122和终端设备123可以分别将各自接收的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ反馈给终端设备121。可选的，终端设备 121可以在多个或者一个PUCCH上向网络设备发送其他多个终端设备向终端设备121反馈的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。
应理解，图1和图2所示的各通信系统中还可以包括更多的网络节点，例如终端设备或网络设备，图1和图2所示的各通信系统中包括的网络设备或者终端设备可以是上述各种形式的网络设备或者终端设备。本申请实施例在图中不再一一示出。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，以终端设备和网络设备作为各个实施例的执行方法的执行主体为例，对各个实施例的方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定，执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片和应用于基站的芯片，或者执行主体也可以是实现终端设备或网络设备功能的装置。该终端设备可以是V2X通信中的车辆、车载设备、手机终端等。
如图3所示，图3中示出的反馈信息传输的方法200可以包括步骤S210至步骤S230。下面结合图3详细说明方法200中的各个步骤。
S210，第一终端设备获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，该侧行HARQ为该第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，该下行HARQ为该第一终端设备从网络设备接收的下行数据对应的HARQ。
S220，在该第一资源和该第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，该第一终端设备根据该侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向该网络设备发送反馈信息，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和/或该下行HARQ，该第三资源是根据该第一资源和该第二资源确定的。相应的，网络设备在第三资源上接收第一终端设备发送的反馈信息。
具体而言，在S210中，第一终端设备可以在侧行链路向一个或者多个终端设备发送侧行数据。例如，第一终端设备可以通过单播数据传输方式或者组播数据传输方式向其他的多个终端设备发送侧行数据。接收该侧行数据的终端设备都可以将各自接收到的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ通过与第一终端设备之间的物理侧行链路反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel,PSFCH)反馈给第一终端设备。也就是说，第一终端设备可以接收到一个或者多个侧行HARQ。
第一终端设备需要获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源。第一资源可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送该侧行HARQ。该侧行HARQ可以是接收该侧行数据的其他终端设备向第一终端设备发送的。网络设备可以通过高层信令或者物理层信令向第一终端设备通知该第一资源的时频位置以及第一资源所在的时隙。或者，第一资源的时频位置可以是协议预定义的。第一资源也可以理解为第一PUCCH或者第一PUSCH。
第一终端设备也可能会收到网络设备发送的下行数据(PDSCH)。因此，也需要将该下行数据对应的下行HARQ反馈给网络设备。因此，第一终端设备需要获取用于发送该下行HARQ的第二资源。第二资源可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送该下行HARQ。网络设备可以通过高层信令或者物理层信令向第一终端设备通知该第二资源的时频位置以及第二资源所在的时隙。或者，第二资源的时频位置可以是协议预定义的。第二资源也可以理解为第二PUCCH或者第二PUSCH。
当第一资源和第二资源在时域上重叠(overlap)时，例如，第一资源和第二资源在时域上部分重叠或者完全重叠。下行HARQ或者侧行HARQ的反馈会收到影响，导致其中的一个或者全部均不能正常反馈。由于下行数据的优先级在物理层不能体现。例如，虽然超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low-latency communications,URLLC)业务比增强移动 宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)业务的优先级高，但是这是属于两种不同业务类型之间的优先级比较，即URLLC业务代表高优先级，eMBB业务代表低优先级。但是，某个相同的业务的数据包之间的优先级是无法在物理层体现高低的，但是V2X中，侧行数据的优先级在物理层可见，所以不同数据的优先级在物理层可以进行比较。因此，在本申请实施例中，在第一资源和第二资源在时域上冲突的时候，由于侧行HARQ的优先级等同于对应的侧行数据的优先级，可以将侧行数据的优先级和预配置的或者预定义的阈值(第一阈值)进行比较，该阈值可以用于体现下行数据的优先级。根据比较结果确定侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者丢弃规则。在S220中，第一终端设备根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，确定在第三资源上向网络设备发送的反馈信息，并在第三资源上向网络设备发送该反馈信息。该反馈信息包括侧行HARQ和/或下行HARQ。其中，第一阈值可以是与该下行数据对应业务类型对应的。
第三资源也可以理解为第三PUCCH或者第三PUSCH，第三资源可以是根据第一资源和第二资源确定出来的。例如，第三资源可以是第一资源或者第二资源。第三资源的时频位置可以是网络设备通过高层信令或者物理层信令通知给第一终端设备的，或者，第三资源的时频位置也可以是协议预定义的。因此，网络设备就可以在第三资源上接收第一终端设备发送的反馈信息，该反馈信息包括侧行HARQ和/或下行HARQ。
应理解，侧行HARQ的优先级可以理解为第一资源的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级理解为该侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级还可以理解为该侧行HARQ对应的PSSCH的优先级。或者，侧行HARQ的优先级还可以理解为调度该侧行数据的控制信息(PSCCH中的侧行链路控制信息(side link control information，SCI)中优先级字段的值，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级还可以理解为传输该侧行HARQ的信道的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级还可以理解为侧行HARQ对应的侧行传输的优先级。
还应理解，在本申请实施例中，如果侧行HARQ只有1比特(bit)，即对应一个TB，则侧行HARQ的优先级即TB的优先级，或者承载该TB的PSSCH的优先级，或者调度承载该TB的PSSCH的SCI中的优先级字段的值。
还应理解，如果侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，即该侧行HARQ包括第一终端设备向一个或者多个终端设备发送的多个不同的数据(例如TB)对应的HARQ，则该侧行HARQ的优先级可以为该多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级，或者，该侧行HARQ的优先级可以为调度该多个数据的多个SCI中优先级字段的值最高的值，或者，该侧行HARQ的优先级可以为该多个数据中指定的某一个数据的优先级。指定的某一个数据可以是协议预定义的或者是信令配置的。
还应理解，在本申请实施例中，可以预配置(包括网络设备预配置的)或者预定义至少一个阈值。或者，由网络设备配置，使用RRC、MAC、SIB、MIB、PSBCH、DCI信令中的任一种。例如，可以预配置或者预定义至少一个阈值集合，该阈值集合包括一个或者多个阈值，一个阈值用于表征一种业务类型的下行数据的优先级。一个阈值对应一种业务类型，不同的阈值对应的业务类型可以不同。或者，对于同一种业务类型而言，也可以对应多个阈值，这多个阈值中，可以包括用途不同的阈值。例如，对于同一种业务类型而言，也可以对应两个阈值(阈值1和阈值2)，其中，阈值1用于确定和侧行HARQ进行复用 (联合传输)时使用。阈值2用于确定和侧行HARQ进行比较，确定丢弃哪一个HARQ时使用，其中，侧行HARQ和下行HARQ是否进行复用或者丢弃可以是预定义或预配置或网络设备使用RRC、MAC、SIB、MIB、PSBCH、DCI信令中的任一种配置的。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用预定义的或者预配置的阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，如图4所示，图4是本申请一些实施例中反馈信息传输的方法的示意性流程图，在图3所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法还可以包括：S219。
S219，该第一终端设备根据该下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定第一阈值，该至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
图4所示的步骤S210、S220可以参考上述对于S210、S220相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S219中，由于可以预配置或者预定义至少一个阈值，其中，一个阈值对应一种业务类型，一个阈值用于表征一种业务类型的下行数据的优先级。不同的阈值对应的业务类型可以不同。第一终端设备可以先根据该下行HARQ对应的下行数据的业务类型，从该至少一个阈值中确定出第一阈值。第一阈值是与该下行数据的业务类型对应的。然后利用该第一阈值与侧行HARQ的优先级进行比较，确定进行侧行HARQ与下行HARQ的联合传输还是丢弃。通过在至少一个阈值中确定出与该下行数据的业务类型相关联的第一阈值，利用第一阈值与侧行HARQ的优先级进行比较，确定反馈信息包括的HARQ，可以解决不同传输资源在时域上重叠后不能同时传输该不同传输资源的问题，提高确定出的反馈信息的准确率，进一步的提高HARQ反馈的效率。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ，即HARQ只包括下行HARQ，不包括侧行HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该侧行HARQ，即HARQ只包括侧行HARQ，不包括下HARQ。
下面结合具体的例子进行说明：
例如，假设：下行HARQ包括第一业务数据对应的HARQ。第一业务数据例如可以是eMBB或者海量机器类型通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)业务。即网络设备向第一终端设备发送的下行数据为eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据。在这种情况下，第一终端设备可以在至少一个阈值中确定与eMBB业务或者mMTC业务对应的第一阈值(例如阈值1)。其中，该第一阈值可以是根据eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据对应的优先级确定。第一阈值可以用于表征eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据对应的优先级。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于第一阈值时，该反馈信息只包括该下行 HARQ；即反馈信息只包括eMBB业务数据对应的HARQ或者mMTC业务数据对应HARQ。也就是说在侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于第一阈值(阈值1)时，第一终端设备丢弃(drop)侧行HARQ，在第三资源上只向网络设备发送eMBB业务数据对应的HARQ或者mMTC业务数据对应HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，则该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。即反馈信息只包括侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。也就是说在侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，第一终端设备丢弃(drop)eMBB业务数据对应的HARQ或者mMTC业务数据对应HARQ，在第三资源上只向网络设备发侧行HARQ。
又例如，假设：该下行HARQ包括第二业务数据对应的HARQ。例如，第二业务数据可以是URLLC业务数据。即网络设备向第一终端设备发送的下行数据为URLLC业务数据。在这种情况下，第一终端设备可以在至少一个阈值中确定与URLLC业务数据对应的阈值2。阈值2可以是根据URLLC业务数据对应的优先级确定。阈值2可以用于表征URLLC业务数据对应的优先级。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于阈值2时，该反馈信息只包括该下行HARQ。即反馈信息只包括URLLC业务数据对应HARQ。也就是说在侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于阈值2时，第一终端设备丢弃(drop)侧行HARQ，在第三资源上只向网络设备发送URLLC业务数据对应的HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该阈值2时，则该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。即反馈信息只包括侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。也就是说在侧行HARQ的优先级大于阈值2时，第一终端设备丢弃(drop)URLLC业务数据对应HARQ，在第三资源上只向网络设备发侧行HARQ。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，阈值1可以小于阈值2。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，如果侧行HARQ的优先级是通过SCI中字段指示，如果设SCI用于指示优先级的相应字段是缺省的状态，则默认侧行HARQ的优先级为最低优先级。即侧行HARQ的优先级小于第一阈值(例如阈值1和阈值2)。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，通过为不同的下行业务类型配置的不同的阈值，不同下行业务类型数据对应的阈值用于表征该下行数据的优先级。在传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和传输下行HARQ的第二资源在时域上重叠时，通过利用侧行HARQ的优先级与下行HARQ的对应业务类型的阈值进行比较。确定丢弃的HARQ或者需要传输的HARQ。从而确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息。通过为不同优先级的下行业务类型配置不同的阈值，可以保证高优先级上行业务的传输可靠性和时延，在第一资源和第二资源重叠的情况下，保证了侧行链路和下行链路中的至少一个的HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了侧行链路和下行链路中的至少一个的数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，在本申请另一些可能的实现方式中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在第三资源上向该网络设备发送该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于第一阈值时，该第一终端设备在第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ。
下面结合具体的例子进行说明：
例如，假设：下行HARQ包括第一业务数据对应的HARQ，第一业务数据例如可以 是eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据。在这种情况下，第一终端设备可以在至少一个阈值中确定与eMBB业务或者mMTC业务对应的第一阈值(例如阈值3)。其中，该阈值3可以是根据eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据对应的优先级确定。阈值3可以用于表征eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据对应的优先级。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于或者等于阈值3时，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ(eMBB业务数据或者mMTC业务数据对应的HARQ)。也就是说，当侧行HARQ的优先级大于或者等于阈值3时，将侧行HARQ和下行HARQ进行复接，第一终端设备在第三资源上向网络设备发送该侧行HARQ和下行HARQ。侧行HARQ和下行HARQ可以独立编码，也可以联合编码，联合编码可以使用侧行HARQ的码率或者下行HARQ的码率。
可选的，侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复接的时候，侧行HARQ的顺序可以在下行HARQ之前。或者，侧行HARQ的顺序也可以在下行HARQ之后。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于阈值3时，第一终端设备可以丢弃(drop)侧行HARQ，第一终端设备在第三资源上只向网络设备发下行HARQ。
又例如，假设：下行HARQ包括第二业务数据对应的HARQ，第二业务数据例如可以是URLLC业务数据。在这种情况下，第一终端设备可以在至少一个阈值中确定与URLLC业务对应的第一阈值(例如阈值4)。其中，阈值4可以是根据URLLC业务数据对应的优先级确定。阈值4可以用于表征URLLC业务数据对应的优先级。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于或者等于阈值4时，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ(URLLC业务数据对应的HARQ)。也就是说，当侧行HARQ的优先级大于或者等于阈值4时，将侧行HARQ和下行HARQ进行复接，第一终端设备在第三资源上向网络设备发送该侧行HARQ和下行HARQ。侧行HARQ和下行HARQ可以独立编码，也可以联合编码，联合编码可以使用侧行HARQ的码率或者下行HARQ的码率。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于阈值4时，第一终端设备可以丢弃(drop)侧行HARQ，第一终端设备在第三资源上只向网络设备发下行HARQ。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，阈值3可以小于阈值4。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，阈值1可以和阈值3相同或者不同。阈值2可以和阈值4相同或者不同。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，通过为不同的业务类型配置的不同的阈值，不同下行业务类型数据对应的阈值用于表征该下行数据的优先级。当传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和传输下行HARQ的第二资源在时域上重叠时，通过利用侧行HARQ的优先级与下行HARQ的对应业务类型的阈值进行比较。确定进行HARQ联合传输或者丢弃HARQ。从而确定在PUCCH上传输的反馈信息。解决了不同传输资源在时域上重叠后无法全部传输的问题，HARQ联合传输的方法可以保证侧行HARQ反馈机制和下行HARQ反馈机制正常运行，保证了侧行数据和下行数据传输的可靠性，丢弃其中一个HARQ的方法可以保证高优先级业务的HARQ反馈机制正常运行，保证了高优先级侧行数据传输的可靠性。
在侧行链路上，也可以存在组播(多播)传输方式、单播传输方式和广播传输方式。多播传输方式、单播传输方式和广播传输方式也可以理解为不同业务类型。
其中，多播传输方式，或者也可以称为组播(groupcast)传输方式，是指一个发送数据 的终端设备同时向多个其他终端设备发送相同数据的技术，即点对多点传输。单播(unicast)传输方式，是指针对同一数据，一个发送数据的终端设备只向另一个终端设备发送数据的方式，即点对点传输。广播(broadcast)传输方式，是指一个发送数据的终端设备发送数据，其他所有终端设备都可以对数据进行接收的方式。
因此，对于一个发送设备而言，可能会接收到其他多个接收设备针对于侧行数据的HARQ。发送设备需要将这些HARQ通过PUCCH发送网络设备，由于PUCCH资源的确定是根据相应PDCCH中指示的PUCCH资源指示索引，发送设备根据HARQ的长度确定相对应的PUCCH资源集合，根据该索引确定该PUCCH资源集合中的一个，而不是通过PDCCH直接指示具体的时域资源和频域资源。因此，当一个时隙中同时传输两个PUCCH，仅仅依靠基站的调度是无法避免PUCCH传输资源的冲突的。例如，假设终端设备1为向终端设备2和3发送了侧行数据。则终端设备2向终端设备1反馈HARQ，终端设备1利用PUCCH1将该HARQ发送给网络设备。终端设备3也向终端设备1反馈HARQ，终端设备1利用PUCCH2将该HARQ发送给网络设备。PUCCH1和PUCCH2可能会冲突，可能造成HARQ反馈失败。并且，由于终端设备1需要在多个PUCCH向网络设备反馈多个侧行HARQ，也会造成发送下行HARQ的PUCCH和发送侧行HARQ的PUCCH资源在时域上重叠的概率增加，不能保证HARQ反馈机制正常运行，频谱的利用率较低。降低了数据传输的可靠性。
因此，本申请实施例还提供了一种确定反馈信息的方法，通过确定发送设备需要向网络设备发送的所有可能的侧行HARQ，将这些所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，可以解决发送设备需要在多个资源上发送多个侧行HARQ时资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高侧行HARQ反馈的可靠性。
如图5所示，图5中示出的确定反馈信息的方法300可以包括步骤S310至步骤S230。图5所示的方法可以用在图1和图2所示的通信系统中。下面结合图5详细说明方法300中的各个步骤。
S310，第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，该第一时域资源为可用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ的时域资源，该HARQ包括该第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。
S320，该第一终端设备在该第二时域资源集合中，确定第三时域资源集合，该第三时域资源集合中的时域资源为用于发送该侧行数据的候选时域资源。
S330，该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。
可选的，该方法300还可以包括S340。
S340，该第一终端设备在第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送该HARQ。相应的，网络设备在第一时域资源上接收该HARQ。
具体而言，在S310中，第一终端设备可以根据帧结构配比，确定第一时域资源。第一时域资源为上行时域资源，可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据或者信息。例如，第一时域资源可以为多个上行符号、一个上行子时隙、上行时隙、上行子帧或者上行无线帧等。或者，第一时域资源中包括至少一个上行时域符号。具体的，第一时域资源可以用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送HARQ。第一时域资源可以理解为第一PUCCH的时域资源。HARQ包括第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。应该理解的是，这里的侧行数据包括第一终端设备向一个或者多个终端设备发送侧行数据，即侧行数据可 以是多个。例如，第一终端设备可以通过单播数据传输方式或者组播数据传输方式向其他的多个终端设备发送侧行数据。接收该侧行数据的终端设备都可以将各自接收到的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ通过与第一终端设备之间的PSFCH反馈给第一终端设备。也就是说，该侧行HARQ对应的数据可以是多个。
确定了第一时域资源后，第一终端设备可以根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合。第二时域资源集合可以包括用于侧行数据传输的侧行资源、用于上行数据传输的上行资源、用于下行数据传输的下行资源中的至少一种。上行数据为第一终端设备向网络设备发送的数据。例如，第二时域资源集合可以包括侧行时隙、上行时隙以及下行时隙的并集。侧行时隙用于传输侧行数据，其中，侧行时隙可以包括一个时隙的所有符号都可以用于侧行数据传输的时隙，也包括一个时隙中只有部分符号用于侧行数据传输的时隙。即侧行时隙可以用于调度上行传输或者下行传输。上行时隙可以包括一个时隙的所有符号都可以用于上行数据传输的时隙，也包括一个时隙中只有部分符号用于上行数据传输的时隙。下行时隙可以包括一个时隙的所有符号都可以用于下行数据传输的时隙，也包括一个时隙中只有部分符号用于下行数据传输的时隙。即，上行时隙、下行时隙、侧行时隙可以是同一个时隙也可以是不同的时隙。应该理解的是，一个时隙可以既是侧行时隙，也是上行时隙，也是下行时隙。如果该时隙中既包括侧行符号，也包括上行符号，也包括下行符号，则该时隙既是侧行时隙，也是上行时隙，同时也是下行时隙。
其中，用于侧行数据传输的侧行资源组成的集合可以理解为侧行数据传输的资源池。只有该资源池内的资源才可能被用来传输侧行数据。也就是说，第二时域资源集合包括资源池内的时域资源和资源池外的时域资源，资源池外的时域资源只可能用于传输下行或者上行数据，不能用来传输侧行数据。第一终端设备只可能利用资源池内的时域资源向一个或者多个其他终端设备发送侧行数据。第二时域资源集合包括的时域资源的粒度可以为符号、时隙、子帧或者无线帧等。
在S320中，第一终端设备确定了第二时域资源集合后，由于第二时域资源集合包括资源池内的时域资源和资源池外的时域资源，因此，还需要在该第二时域资源中确定出第三时域资源集合。第三时域资源集合包括的时域资源为资源池内的时域资源，可以用于第一终端设备向一个或者多个其他终端设备发送侧行数据。也就是说，网络设备只可能在第一时域资源集合中为第一终端设备分配用于侧行传输的侧行资源，即，第一终端设备可能在第三时域资源集合包括的任何一个时域资源上发送侧行数据。第三时域资源集合包括的时域资源的粒度可以为符号、时隙、子帧或者无线帧等。
在S330中，当第一终端设备确定了第三时域资源集合后，便可以确定第一终端设备最多可以发送多少个侧行数据，也就可以确定第一终端设备最多需要向网络设备反馈多少比特(bit)的HARQ。因此，第一终端设备可以为每一个可能出现侧行数据的位置预留1比特，用于填充ACK或者NACK，如果侧行链路被配置了基于CBG的反馈，第一终端设备可以为每一个可能出现侧行数据的位置预留M比特，用于填充ACK或者NACK，其中，M为一个TB可配置的CBG的个数。例如，假设第三时域资源集合包括10个时隙，则第一终端设备可以一共发送10份数据(例如10个TB)，则第一终端设备可以为每一个时隙预留1比特，确定出侧行HARQ为10比特。并且，每一比特对应一个时隙，每一个比特的相对位置与对应的时域的相对位置相同。例如，10比特中的第N比特对应10个 时隙中的第N个时隙上的侧行数据。
第一终端设备可以在该第三时域资源集合包括的时域资源上向其他一个或者多个终端设备发送侧行数据。例如，可以将第三时域资源集合分成两部分，第一部分为第一终端设备实际发送侧行数据使用的时域资源，第二部分为没有使用的时域资源。在第一部分对应的HARQ均为NACK。对于第二部分而言，接收到侧行数据的其他终端设备会向第一终端设备反馈ACK或者NACK。第一终端设备根据接收到的ACK或者NACK，在相应的比特位置上填充ACK或者NACK。其中，如果第一终端设备发送的侧行数据为广播，则不会接收其他终端设备的反馈信息，第一终端设备在对应的比特位置上填充ACK。如果第一终端设备发送的侧行数据为单播或组播，但其他终端设备没有反馈ACK或NACK(即出现DTX的情况)，则第一终端设备在对应的比特位置上填充NACK。这样，第一终端设备便确定了该侧行HARQ。
在S340中，由于HARQ可以只包括该侧行HARQ，在确定了侧行HARQ后，第一终端便可以在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送该侧行HARQ。
本申请提供的确定反馈信息的方法，根据可以用于发送侧行HARQ的上行时域资源以及第一时域偏移集合，确定出可能发送侧行数据的所有时域资源，为这些所有可能发送的侧行数据均预留相应的HARQ比特位置，将所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，从而保证了所有可能的侧行HARQ均可以正常反馈，可以解决一个发送设备需要在多个资源上发送多个侧行HARQ时资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性。同时，半静态的为每个可能的侧行传输预留比特位，保证了网络设备和第一终端设备之间对侧行HARQ的理解是一致的，不会出现混淆。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，如图6所示，图6是本申请一些实施例中确定反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图6所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法中的S320，该第一终端设备在该第二时域资源集合中，确定第三时域资源集合，可以包括：S321。
S321，该第一终端设备根据该第二时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，在该第二时域资源集合中，确定该第三时域资源集合。
图6所示的步骤S310、S330以及S340可以参考上述对S310、S330以及S340相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S321中，由于第二时域资源集合包括资源池内的时域资源和资源池外的时域资源，只有该资源池内的资源才可能被用来传输侧行数据。因此，第一终端设备可以根据第二时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，在第二时域资源集合中确定可以用于侧行数传输的第三时域资源集合，即第三时域资源集合只包括资源池内的时域资源。帧结构配比可以理解为配置某个时域资源是上行时域资源、下行时域资源或者侧行时域资源。资源池即通过帧结构配比确定的可用于侧行传输的资源的集合。例如，第二时域资源集合包括时隙1至时隙10，其中，时隙1、时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙10被配置侧行时隙。应该理解，一个侧行时隙中，可以是全部符号用于侧行数据传输，也可以是只有部分符号用于侧行数据传输，剩余的时隙均不是侧行时隙。则第三时域资源集合包括：时隙1、时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙10。即资源池包括时隙1、时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙10，即时隙1、时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙10可以用于侧行传输。第一终端设备可以为这5个时隙分别预留1比特的HARQ。其中。5比特(bit)的HARQ中，第一比特对应时隙1上传输的侧行数据的HARQ， 第二比特对应时隙3上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第三比特对应时隙4上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第四比特对应时隙5上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第五比特对应时隙10上传输的侧行数据的HARQ。即第一终端设备可以根据第三时域资源集合，确定侧行HARQ的大小以及各个比特的相对位置。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合时，如图7所示，图7是本申请一些实施例中确定反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图5所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法中的S310：第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，可以包括：S311。
S311，该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定该第二时域资源集合。
图7所示的步骤S320、S330以及S340可以参考上述对S320、S330以及S340相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S311中，当该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合时,可选的，第一时域偏移集合可以称为{PSSCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。其中，PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，PSSCH可以理解为侧行数据所占的时域资源或者侧行数据。时域偏移可以包括子时隙偏移、时隙偏移、子帧偏移或者无线帧偏移等。以时隙偏移为例进行说明。图8所示为第一时域偏移为第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的示意图。图8中，SL PDCCH用于调度侧行资源，该侧行资源可用于第一终端发送侧行数据。第二时域资源集合包括多个时域资源(例如可以包括多个时隙)。PSFCH资源可以理解为用于第一终端设备接收其他终端设备发送的针对侧行数据的侧行HARQ的资源。假设第一时域偏移集合为{4，5，6，7，8}。第一时域资源为时隙n,则可以确定第二时域资源集合包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4。时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4中，可以包括上行时隙、下行时隙以及侧行时隙中的至少一种。假设时隙n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-4为侧行时隙，则可以根据时隙n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-4，确定侧行HARQ的大小以及各个比特的相对位置。该侧行HARQ为3比特。其中，第一比特对应时隙n-7上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第二比特对应时隙n-6上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第三比特对应时隙n-4上传输的侧行数据的HARQ。
应理解，第一时域偏移集合可以是协议预定义的或者是网络设备通过信令配置的。
还应理解，第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移中的最小值应该大于或者等于K，K可以理解为侧行HARQ与对应的侧行数据之间的时域偏移。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收侧行HARQ的时域资源。如图9所示，图9是本申请一些实施例中确定反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图5所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法中的S310：第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，可以包括：S312和S313。
S312，该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行HARQ的时域资源。
S313，该第一终端设备在该多个侧行HARQ的时域资源中，根据第一参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第一参数包括反馈资源的周期，以及侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移。其中，反馈资源的周期为可以用于侧行反馈信息传输的资源的集合。在用于侧行传输的资源的集合中配置的反馈资源的周期周期的值可以为1、2或者4等。
图9所示的步骤S320、S330以及S340可以参考上述对S320、S330以及S340相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S312中，当第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，第一时域偏移集合可以称为{PSFCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。其中，PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，PSFCH可以理解为侧行HARQ所占的资源。侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收其他终端设备发送的侧行HARQ的时域资源。
图10所示为第一时域偏移为第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的示意图。图10中，SL PDCCH用于调度侧行资源，该侧行资源可用于第一终端发送侧行数据。第二时域资源集合包括多个时域资源(例如可以包括多个时隙)。PFSCH资源可以理解为用于第一终端设备接收其他终端设备发送的针对侧行数据的侧行HARQ的时域资源。假设第一时域偏移集合为{2，3，4}。第一时域资源为时隙n,则可以确定侧行HARQ的时域资源包括：时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2。第一终端设备在这些时隙上，可能会接收到其他终端设备针对于侧行数据发送的侧行HARQ。
在S313中，该第一终端设备在该多个侧行HARQ的时域资源中，根据第一参数，确定该第二时域资源集合。其中，该第一参数包括：该反馈资源的周期N，以及侧行数据的时域资源(PSSCH)与侧行HARQ的时域资源(PSFCH的时域资源)之间的时域偏移，侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移可以为上述的K，K可以理解为侧行HARQ与对应的侧行数据之间的时域偏移。反馈资源的周期N可以理解为在一个用于侧行传输的时域资源集合中，相邻两个用于侧行反馈信息传输的时域资源之间的时域间隔(例如时隙间隔)。
例如，假设N等于4，K为2。侧行HARQ的时域资源包括：时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2。
首先确定用于侧行反馈信息传输的时隙n-2，如果K为逻辑上的时域资源个数，逻辑上的时域资源索引为可用于侧行传输的资源集合内的时域资源索引。如果时隙n-2对应的逻辑索引为时隙m，那么根据K的值2，排除时隙m-1，因为时隙m-1的侧行传输在时隙m反馈HARQ则K为1。然后根据N的值，确定时隙m-5,时隙m-4,时隙m-3,时隙m-2为相应的需要在时隙m发送侧行反馈信息的可用于侧行数据传输的时隙，即该时隙集合为M1＝{时隙m-5,时隙m-4,时隙m-3,时隙m-2}。
同样的步骤用于侧行反馈信息传输的时隙n-3，n-4。可以确定相应的可用于侧行数据传输的时隙集合M2和M3，然后根据M1、M2和M3确定一个并集。对该并集中的每一个时隙，第一终端设备都会预留1比特信息。即该并集为第三时域资源集合。该第三时域资源的个数即侧行HARQ的比特数，该时域资源集合中时域资源的顺序即相应HARQ的顺序。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，其中，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送该侧行数据。如图11所示，图11是本申请一些实施例中确定 反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图5所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法中的S310：第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，可以包括：S314和S315。
S314，该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个调度该侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源；
S315，该第一终端设备在该多个控制信息所占的时域资源中，根据第二参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第二参数为该侧行数据的时域资源与该下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
图11所示的步骤S320、S330以及S340可以参考上述对S320、S330以及S340相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S314中，当第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合时，第一时域偏移集合可以称为{SL PDCCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。其中，PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，SL PDCCH可以理解为调度侧行资源的下行控制信息，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送该侧行数据。如图12所示，图12所示的为当第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合时的示意图。图12中，SL PDCCH相当于调度侧行资源的下行控制信息，用于调度侧行资源。第二时域资源集合包括多个时域资源(例如可以包括多个时隙)。PSFCH资源可以理解为用于第一终端设备接收其他终端设备发送的针对侧行数据的侧行HARQ的资源。假设第一时域偏移集合为{6，7，8}。第一时域资源为时隙n，则可以确定调度所侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6。即第一终端设备可能在时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6上接收到网络设备发送的用于调度侧行资源的下行控制信息。
在S315中，第一终端设备在该多个控制信息所占的时域资源中，根据第二参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第二参数为该侧行数据的时域资源与该下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移(offset)。假设该offset为3，多个控制信息所占的时域资源包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6，则确定出的该第二时域资源集合包括：时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3。第一终端设备可以根据时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3的帧结构配比，即时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3中是否被配置了侧行符号(也可以理解为时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3是否包含用于侧行传输的资源)，确定出侧行HARQ比特。
本申请提供的确定反馈信息的方法，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合和用于发送侧行HARQ的第一时域资源，确定出可能发送侧行数据的所有时域资源，为这些所有可能发送的侧行数据均预留相应的HARQ比特，将所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，从而避免了SL PDCCH丢失导致的网络设备和第一终端设备对向网络设备发送的HARQ比特个数以及相应顺序的理解不一致造成的通信错误问题。提高了HARQ反馈的可靠性，同时，相较于对一个侧行传输的HARQ单独反馈，将多个侧行传输的HARQ放在一起反馈，可以提高频谱的利用率，降低了多个用于HARQ传输的资源冲突的概率，降低终端设备实现的复杂度。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，在S340中，该第一终端设备在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送的HARQ还包括下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第 一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据。如图13所示，图13是本申请一些实施例中确定反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图5所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法还可以包括：S319。
S319，该第一终端设备根据第二时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第四时域资源集合，该第四时域资源集合包括用于传输下行数据的多个候选时域资源，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据。
该方法300中的S330，该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合，确定该HARQ，可以包括：S331。
S331，该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。其中，该HARQ包括下行HARQ和侧行HARQ。
图13所示的步骤S310、S320以及S340可以参考上述对S310、S320以及S340相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S319中，由于第一终端设备还可以接收到网络设备发送的下行数据，因此，第一终端设备也需要将该下行数据对应的下行HARQ发送给网络设备。在S310中确定出的第一时域资源可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送该下行HARQ，即该HARQ还包括下行HARQ。在这种情况下，第一终端设备还需要确定该下行HARQ。第一终端设备可以根据第二时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第四时域资源集合。该第四时域资源集合包括用于传输下行数据的多个候选时域资源。应该理解的是，第四时域资源集合可以包括上行时域资源和/或下行时域资源，网络设备只可能在下行时域资源向第一终端设备发送下行数据。第四时域资源集合包括的时域资源的粒度可以为符号、时隙、子帧或者无线帧等。第二时域偏移集合可以为第一时域资源与用于传输下行数据的候选时域资源之间的时域偏移。即第二时域偏移集合可以为{PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing}。时域偏移可以包括子时隙偏移、时隙偏移、子帧偏移或者无线帧偏移等。以时隙偏移为例进行说明。假设第二时域偏移集合为{2，3，4，5，6}。第一时域资源为时隙n，则可以确定第四时域资源集合包括：时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2。时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2中可能包括上行时隙和/或下行时隙。
应理解，该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合包括的时域资源可能有部分是重叠的，即第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合可以存在交集。
在S331中，该第一终端设备根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。即第一终端设备根据第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源，确定该HARQ。其中，该HARQ包括下行HARQ和侧行HARQ。
例如，第一终端设备可以遍历第三时域资源集合和第四时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源，确定与每一个时域资源对应的HARQ，其中，该HARQ包括下行HARQ和侧行HARQ。
例如，确定出的第三时域资源集合包括：n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-4，确定出的第四时域资源集合包括：n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2。则第一终端设备需要根据n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2，确定该HARQ。
可选的，第一终端设备可以根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，确定该HARQ。
例如，假设第三时域资源集合和第四时域资源集合的并集包括时隙n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3、时隙n-2。假设n-7、时隙n-6、时隙n-5上均可以发送侧行数据，而只有时隙n-3、时隙n-2上可以发送下行数据。时隙n-3、时隙n-2上每个时隙上至多只能发送一个下行数据，则HARQ可以包括5比特的HARQ。该5比特的HARQ中的顺序为相应时隙索引的升序。其中，第一比特对应时隙n-7上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第二比特对应时隙n-6上传输的侧行数据的HARQ，第三比特对应时隙n-5上传输的侧行数据的HARQ。第四比特对应时隙n-3上传输的下行数据的HARQ，第五比特对应时隙n-2上传输的下行数据的HARQ。
还应理解，对于某一个时域资源(例如时隙)而言，其中部分符号可以传输侧行数据，另一部分可能用于传输下行数据，在这种情况下，这个时隙可以对应多比特的HARQ，这多比特的HARQ包括对应于侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ和下行数据对应的下行HARQ。例如一个时隙中有下行符号，有侧行符号，如果第一终端设备在每个时隙最多可接收一个PDSCH，则该时隙对应2比特的HARQ，前1比特为下行HARQ，后1比特为侧行HARQ。可选的，侧行数据可以只对应1比特的HARQ。
本申请提供的确定反馈信息的方法，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合，确定在第一时域资源上发送的侧行HARQ和下行HARQ。即将侧行HARQ和下行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本。避免了SL PDCCH丢失导致的网络设备和第一终端设备对向网络设备发送的HARQ比特个数以及相应顺序的理解不一致造成的通信错误问题，提高了HARQ反馈的可靠性，同时，相较于对一个侧行传输的HARQ单独反馈，将多个侧行传输的HARQ放在一起反馈，降低了多个用于HARQ传输的资源冲突的概率，降低终端设备实现的复杂度。进一步提高频谱的利用率，进一步提高数据传输的可靠性。
本申请实施例还提供了一种反馈信息传输的方法，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合确定用于调度侧行资源的第一下行控制信息的时域资源，侧行资源用于传输侧行数据。在该时域资源上，根据所有检测到的第一下行控制信息，确定与检测到的所有第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ，将这些侧行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，相较于分别独立使用传输资源传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ可能导致的资源冲突，可以解决发送设备需要在同一个时隙传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
如图14所示，图14中示出的确定反馈信息的方法400可以包括步骤S410至步骤S430。图14所示的方法可以用在图1和图2所示的通信系统中。下面结合图14详细说明方法400中的各个步骤。
S410，第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，该第一时域资源用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ，该第一时域偏移集合对应于侧行链路，第五时域资源集合包括时域资源是用于第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息，该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。
S420，该第一终端设备在该第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第一下行控制信息。
S430，该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源 上向该网络设备发送HARQ，该HARQ包括针对该至少一个第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ。相应的，网络设备在第一时域资源上接收第一终端设备发送的HARQ。
在S410中，第一终端设备可以根据帧结构配比，确定第一时域资源。第一时域资源为上行时域资源，可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据或者信息。例如，第一时域资源可以为多个上行符号、一个上行子时隙、一个上行时隙、上行子帧或者上行无线帧等。或者，第一时域资源中包括至少一个上行时域符号。具体的，第一时域资源可以用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送HARQ。第一时域资源可以理解为第一PUCCH的时域资源。HARQ包括第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ。应该理解的是，这里的侧行数据包括第一终端设备向一个或者多个终端设备发送侧行数据，即侧行数据可以是多个。例如，第一终端设备可以通过单播数据传输方式或者组播数据传输方式向其他的多个终端设备发送侧行数据。接收该侧行数据的终端设备都可以将各自接收到的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ通过与第一终端设备之间的PSFCH反馈给第一终端设备。也就是说，该侧行HARQ对应的数据可以是多个，该侧行HARQ包括至少一个HARQ比特。
确定了第一时域资源后，第一终端设备可以根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合。第一时域偏移集合对应于侧行链路，即第一时域偏移集合适用于侧行链路相关时域资源的确定。第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源可以用于第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息(例如可以为SL PDCCH或者SL DCI)，该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。应该理解的，第一终端设备在第五时域资源集合包括时域资源上检测第一下行控制信息时，检测的结果可以是检测到一个或者多个第一下行控制信息，或者还有可能检测不到第一下行控制信息。即网络设备可能在第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上向第一终端设备发送一个或者多个第一下行控制信息，或者不发送第一下行控制信息。第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源的粒度可以为符号、时隙、子帧或者无线帧等。
在S420中，该第一终端设备在该第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第一下行控制信息。
在S430中，该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，可以确定第一终端设备可以发送的侧行数据。由于第一下行控制信息用于调度侧行资源，第一终端设备可以在侧行资源上向其他一个或者多个终端设备发送侧行数据。因此，根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，可以确定侧行资源。例如，假设第一终端设备根据检测的5个第一下行控制信息，一个第一下行控制信息调度一份侧行资源，用于传输一个TB，则可以确定第一终端设备需要发送5个TB，假设每个TB对应1比特的侧行HARQ。则在第一时域资源上的传输的侧行HARQ为5比特。如果该HARQ只包括侧行HARQ，则可以确定该HARQ为5比特，分别对应第一终端设备发送的5个TB。在确定了该HARQ后，第一终端设备便可以在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送该HARQ。相应的，网络设备接收该HARQ。
可选的，该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，可以确定第一终端设备可以发送的侧行数据。包括，第一下行控制信息中包括侧链路下行分配索引(sidelink-downlink assignment indicator，SL-DAI)字段。单载波上，该字段的值表示在 PDCCH检测时隙接收的指示侧行资源的SL PDCCH的个数的累积值，累积的顺序即PDCCH检测时机的索引的升序。载波聚合下，该字段的值表示在PDCCH检测时隙以及服务小区接收的指示侧行资源的SL PDCCH的个数的累积值，累积的顺序首先按照服务小区索引的升序，然后按照PDCCH检测时机的索引的升序。这样，可以避免第一终端设备丢失DCI导致的第一终端设备和网络设备理解的该HARQ不同。
本申请提供的确定反馈信息的方法，通过根据用于发送侧行HARQ的第一时域资源以及第五时域偏移集合，第五时域资源集合包括时域资源是用于第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息，该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。根据第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，确定侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ，将这些所有侧行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，可以解决发送设备需要单独传输每个侧行传输相应的HARQ导致传输资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，同时降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，在S430中，该第一终端设备在第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送的HARQ还包括下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据。如图15所示，图15是本申请一些实施例中确定反馈信息的方法的示意性流程图，在图14所示的方法步骤的基础上，该方法还可以包括：S421和S422。
S421，第一终端设备根据第三时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第六时域资源集合，第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源用于第一终端设备检测第二下行控制信息，该第二下行控制信息用于指示下行资源，该下行资源用于该第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的下行数据。该第三时域偏移集合对应于下行链路。
S422，该第一终端设备在该第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第二下行控制信息。
上述的S430:该第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ，包括：S431。
S431，该第一终端设备根据检测到的该至少一个第一下行控制信息和检测到的至少一个第二下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ，该HARQ包括侧行HARQ和下行HARQ。
图15所示的步骤S410、S420可以参考上述对S410、S420相关描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
在S421，由于第一终端设备还可以接收到网络设备发送的下行数据，因此，第一终端设备也需要将该下行数据对应的下行HARQ发送给网络设备。在S410中确定出的第一时域资源还可以用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送该下行HARQ，即该HARQ包括下行HARQ和侧行HARQ。在这种情况下，第一终端设备还需要确定该下行HARQ。具体的，由于下行数据是由网络设备发送的第二下行控制信息(例如PDCCH或者DCI)调度的。因此，第一终端设备可以根据第二下行控制信息确定该下行数据。第一终端设备可以根据第三时域偏移集合以及第一时域资源，确定第六时域资源集合，第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源用于第一终端设备检测该第二下行控制信息。第二下行控制信息用于指示下行资源，下行资源用于该第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的下行数据。应该理解的是，第一终 端设备在第六时域资源集合包括时域资源上检测第二下行控制信息时，检测的结果可以是检测到一个或者多个第二下行控制信息，或者还有可能检测不到第二下行控制信息。即网络设备可能在第六时域资源集合包括时域资源上向第一终端设备发送一个或者多个第二下行控制信息，或者不发送第二下行控制信息。第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源的粒度可以为符号、时隙、子帧或者无线帧等。第三时域偏移集合对应于下行链路，即第三时域偏移集合适用于下行链路相关时域资源的确定。
应理解，该第六时域资源集合和该第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源可能有部分是重叠的，即第六时域资源集合和该第五时域资源集合可以存在交集。
在S422中，该第一终端设备在该第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第二下行控制信息。可选的，第一终端设备还可以在第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合包的时域资源的并集中，检测第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息。
在S431中，该第一终端设备在第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源上，检测到至少一个第一下行控制信息和至少一个第二下行控制信息。应该理解的是，第一终端设备可以遍历第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源，在每一个时域资源上均检测第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息。也就是说，第一终端可以在第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源上检测第一下行控制信息，也可以在第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合的并集包括的时域资源上检测第二下行控制信息。
第一终端设备根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息和检测到的至少一个第二下行控制信息，确定在第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ。
例如，检测到的一个第一下行控制信息可以对应1比特或者多比特的侧行HARQ。检测到的一个第二下行控制信息可以对应1比特或者多比特下行HARQ。其中，侧行HARQ和下行HARQ在该HARQ中的位置可以根据检测到至少一个第一下行控制信息和检测到的至少一个第二下行控制信息顺序确定。本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，通过根据不同的时域偏移集合确定用于调度侧行资源的第一下行控制信息和用于调度下行资源的第二控制信息的时域资源，侧行资源用于传输侧行数据，下行资源用于传输下行数据。在可能传输第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息时域资源上，根据检测到的第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，确定侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ和下行数据对应下行HARQ，将这些侧行HARQ和下行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，相较于分别独立使用传输资源传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ可能导致的资源冲突，可以解决发送设备需要在同一个时隙传输侧行HARQ和下行HARQ的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
应理解，第一时域偏移集合和第三时域偏移集合可以是协议预定义的或者是网络设备通过信令配置的。
可选的，第三时域偏移集合可以包括：PDSCH到对应的ACK/NACK反馈的时隙偏移K1集合(PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing)。第一终端设备可以根据K1set以及K0，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第六时域资源集合。其中，K0为PDCCH到PDSCH的时隙偏移。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息中均包括C-DAI(Counter-downlink assignment indicator)字段和/或T-DAI(total-downlink  assignment indicator)，即第一下行控制信息或第二下行控制信息中的DAI值，表示PDCCH检测时机(PDCCH monitoring occasion)和服务小区两个维度下累积的PDSCH接收、SPS PDSCH release以及侧行资源指示的累积个数。其中累积的顺序，首先按照服务小区的索引的升序累积，然后按照PDCCH检测时机的索引的升序累积。载波聚合下，第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息中的T-DAI才存在，T-DAI表示一个检测时机下PDSCH接收、SPS PDSCH release以及侧行资源指示的个数的总数，检测时机更新的时候T-DAI的值才会更新。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当在一个服务小区(serving cell)和一个检测时机(monitoring occasion)上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息。其中，检测时机(或者也可以称为监听位置)可以理解为第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息时的时域位置。一个检测时机可以理解为至少一个符号、一个时隙、一个子帧或者一个无线帧等。例如，假设第六时域资源集合和第五时域资源集合的并集包括多个时隙，则该多个时隙可以理解为每个时隙一个检测时机即多个时隙对应多个检测时机，第一终端设备需要在每一个时隙上检测第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息。假设在某一检测时机以及某一个服务小区上，检测到一个第一下行控制和一个第二下行控制信息，由于这两个下行控制信息对应的侧行HARQ和下行HARQ都在第一时域资源上反馈，需要确定侧行HARQ和下行HARQ的相对位置，在这种情况下，检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置可以在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前，或者，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置也可以在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之后。
应理解，如果在一个检测时机和一个服务小区上，检测到多个第一下行控制信息和多个第二下行控制信息。则该检测到的多个第一下行控制信息对应多个侧行HARQ顺序可以在该检测到的多个第二下行控制信息对应的多个下行HARQ之前，或者，该检测到的多个第一下行控制信息对应多个侧行HARQ顺序也可以在该检测到的多个第二下行控制信息对应的多个下行HARQ之后。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的方法，在一个PDCCH的检测时机以及一个服务小区上，检测到用于指示侧行资源的第一下行控制信息和用于调度下行数据的第二下行控制信息，确定了第一下行控制信息对应的侧行HARQ和第二下行控制信息对应的下行HARQ相对位置(先后顺序)，提高了HARQ反馈的准确性，保证了HARQ机制正常运行，降低了终端设备实现复杂度，减少了多个用于传输HARQ的资源冲突的概率。
可选的，在本申请另一些可能的实现方式中，当在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息。由于第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息均是在控制信道对应的控制资源集(control resource set，CORESET)上检测的。控制资源集可以理解为：在系统中的时频资源上采用某些特定的时频资源承载控制信道(下行控制信息)，这些特定的时频资源会预先通过高层信令通知给终端设备，使得终端设备可以在后续特定的检测时刻中均在该特定的时频资源上检测控制信道。而控制资源集包括用于网络设备发送控制信道(例如PDCCH)的所占的时频资源信息。控制资源集的最小资源单元可以为控制信道元素(control channel element，CCE)，可以理解为控制资源集是由CCE组成的。
当在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，如果检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的CCE的索引(index)小于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，可以认为检测到的第一下行控制信息的时刻早于检测到第二下行控制信息的时刻，也可以认为第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据早于第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据。则该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ顺序可以在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前。
当在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，如果检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的CCE的索引(index)大于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下。可以认为检测到的第一下行控制信息的时刻晚于检测到第二下行控制信息的时刻，也可以认为第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据晚于第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据。则该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ顺序可以在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之后。
还应理解，如果在一个一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，检测到多个第一下行控制信息和多个第二下行控制信息。则可以根据检测到的多个第一下行控制信息和多个第二下行控制信息分别对应的第一个CCE索引的大小，确定多个第一下行控制信息和多个第二下行控制信息分别对应的侧行HARQ和下行HARQ相对位置(先后顺序)。
可选的，在一个一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，如果检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的CCE的索引(index)小于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，则该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引(counter downlink assignment Index,C-DAI)的值小于检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值。该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ顺序可以在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前
可选的，在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，如果检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的CCE的索引(index)大于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引，则检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引C-DAI的值大于该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值。
可选的，在一个PDSCH接收、SPS PDSCH release以及侧行资源指示的上，检测到的第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息对应的下行分配索引的总数(total-DAI)的值相同。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，该第一下行控制信息所在的服务小区被配置了基于CBG的HARQ反馈，则第一下行控制信息对应的HARQ基于TB生成。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，假设侧行传输被配置了基于CBG反馈，则一个TB的反馈比特数等于下行传输的一个TB可配置CBG的个数和侧行传输的一个TB可配置的CBG的个数的最大值。侧行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本和下行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本可以分别独立生成并级联在一起，则需要分别使用DAI机制来计数。相应的，侧行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本可以在下行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本之前，也可以侧行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本可以在下行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本之后。侧行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本和下行传输基于CBG的HARQ码本可以一起生成，则需要使用同一个DAI机制来计数。
可选的，在本申请实施例中，当在索引最大的服务小区和索引最大的PDCCH检测时 机上，检测到第一控制信息和第二控制信息，则第一控制信息是最后一个DCI或者第二控制信息是最后一个DCI。其中，第一终端设备可以根据最后一个DCI指示的确定第一时域资源。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，第一终端设备可以根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行数据所占的时域资源(例如可以为方法300中的第二时域资源集合)。然后根据多个侧行数据所占的时域资源以及第一参数，确定第五时域资源集合，第五时域资源集合可以理解为图8、图10以及图12中的SL PDCCH的时域资源的集合。
其中，第一时域偏移集合可以称为{PSSCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，PSSCH可以理解为侧行数据所占的时域资源或者侧行数据。时域偏移可以包括子时隙偏移、时隙偏移、子帧偏移或者无线帧偏移等。第一时域偏移集合可以相当于图8中所示的第一时域偏移集合。
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行数据所占的时域资源的过程可以参考上述S311中的描述。多个侧行数据所占的时域资源可以理解为S311中确定出的第二时域资源集合。
在确定了多个侧行数据所占的时域资源(第二时域资源集合)后，该第一终端设备根据多个侧行数据所占的时域资源(第二时域资源集合)和第二参数，确定该第五时域资源集合，该第二参数为侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移(offset)。Offset可以理解为图8、图10以及图12中的第二时域资源集合与SL PDCCH时域资源之间的时域偏移。图8、图10以及图12中的SL PDCCH时域资源可以理解为第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源。例如，假设该offset为3，多个侧行数据所占的时域资源(第二时域资源集合)包括：时隙n-5、时隙n-4、时隙n-3，则确定出的该第五时域资源集合包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合。第一时域偏移集合可以称为{PSFCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。其中，PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，PSFCH可以理解为侧行HARQ所占的在资源。侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收其他终端设备发送的侧行HARQ的时域资源。
该第一终端设备根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移以及第三参数，确定该第五时域资源集合。该第三参数包括：该侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移(offset)、该反馈资源的周期N，以及该侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移K。
具体的，第一终端设备可以根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移以及第一时域资源，结合反馈资源的周期N，以及该侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移K，确定出多个侧行数据所占的时域资源(例如可以为方法300中的第二时域资源集合)。第一时域偏移集合可以相当于图10中所示的第一时域偏移集合。根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移、该反馈资源的周期N，以及该侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移K确定多个侧行数据所占的时域资源的过程可以参考 上述S312和S313中的相关描述。为了简洁，这里不再赘述。多个侧行数据所占的时域资源可以理解为S313中确定出的第二时域资源集合。
在确定了多个侧行数据所占的时域资源后，该第一终端设备根据该多个侧行数据所占的时域资源和侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移(offset)，确定该第五时域资源集合。具体过程与上述的根据第二时域资源集合和(offset)确定第五时域资源集合的过程类似，相关描述可以参考上述的根据第二时域资源集合和(offset)确定第五时域资源集合的过程，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
可选的，在本申请一些可能的实现方式中，当该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合时，第一时域偏移集合可以称为{PDCCH-to-PUCCH timing}集合。第一时域偏移集合可以相当于图12中所示的第一时域偏移集合。其中，PUCCH可以理解为第一时域资源，PDCCH可以理解为调度侧行资源的下行控制信息。该第一终端设备根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定第五时域资源集合具体过程可以参考方法300中S314中相关的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
例如，假设第一时域偏移集合为{6，7，8}。第一时域资源为时隙n，则可以确定调度所侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6，即第五时域资源集合包括：时隙n-8、时隙n-7、时隙n-6。
应理解，本申请实施例中，预定义的可以理解为由协议定义的。信令配置的可以理解为由高层或者物理层信令配置的。高层信令例如可以包括无线资源控制信令(radio resource control，RRC)、媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)控制元素(control element，CE)、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)信令等。物理层信令例如可以包括DCI、SCI等。
应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，第一、第二等只是为了便于描述。例如第一时域资源和第二时域资源只是为了表示出不同的时域资源。而不应该对时域资源的本身和个数产生任何影响，上述的第一、第二等不应该对本申请的实施例造成任何限制。
还应理解，上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非要限制本申请实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例，显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，例如，上述方法200至方法400中的各个实施例中某些步骤可以是不必须的，或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请实施例的范围内。
还应理解，上文对本申请实施例的描述着重于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处，未提到的相同或相似之处可以互相参考，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
还应理解，本申请实施例中，“预先设定”、“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便，不应构成特别的限定，各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下 可以相结合。
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
以上结合图1至图15对本申请实施例的反馈传输的方法做了详细说明。以下，结合图16至图24对本申请实施例反馈信息传输的装置进行详细说明。
图16示出了本申请实施例的反馈信息传输的装置500的示意性框图，该装置500可以对应上述方法200描述的第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片或组件，并且，该装置500中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中第一终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
如图16所示，该装置500包括处理单元510和收发单元520。收发单元520用于在处理单元510的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
处理单元510，用于获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，该侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，该下行HARQ为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的下行数据对应的HARQ；
收发单元520，用于在该第一资源和该第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，根据该侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向该网络设备发送反馈信息，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和/或该下行HARQ，该第三资源是根据该第一资源和该第二资源确定的。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的装置，针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第三资源上传输的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该侧行HARQ的优先级为：
所述侧行HARQ的优先级为：第一资源的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的PSSCH的优先级。或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为调度该侧行数据的SCI中优先级字段的值，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为传输该侧行HARQ的信道的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为侧行HARQ对应的侧行传输的优先级。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，该侧行HARQ的优先级为该多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该处理单元510，还用于根据该下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定该第一阈值，至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该收发单元520，还用于在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ；
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，该收发单元520，还用于在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该侧行HARQ。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，该收发单元520，还用于在第三资源上向 该网络设备发送该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该收发单元520，还用于在该第三资源上向该网络设备仅发送该下行HARQ。
进一步的，该装置500还可以包括存储单元，收发单元520可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元520和处理单元510执行的指令。收发单元520、处理单元510和存储单元相互耦合，存储单元存储指令，处理单元510用于执行存储单元存储的指令，收发单元520用于在处理单元510的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
应理解，装置500中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法200、以及图3中相关实施例的第二终端设备相关的描述，为了简洁，这里不加赘述。
可选的，收发单元520可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块)，用于执行前述方法200的各个实施例以及图3和图4所示的实施例中第一终端设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。
应理解，收发单元520可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元510可由处理器实现。如图17所示，反馈信息传输的装置600可以包括处理器610、存储器620、收发器630和总线系统640。装置600的各个组件通过总线系统640耦合在一起，其中总线系统640除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图17中将各种总线都标为总线系统640。为便于表示，图17中仅是示意性画出。
图16所示的反馈信息传输的装置500或图17所示的反馈信息传输的装置600能够实现前述方法200的各个实施例以及图3和图4所示的实施例中第一终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，图16所示的反馈信息传输的装置500或图17所示的反馈信息传输的装置600可以为终端设备。
图18示出了本申请实施例的反馈信息传输的装置700的示意性框图，该装置700可以对应上述方法200中描述的网络设备，也可以是应用于网络设备的芯片或组件，并且，该装置700中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
如图18所示，该装置700可以包括处理单元710和收发单元720。收发单元720用于在处理单元710的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
处理单元710，用于确定用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，该侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，该下行HARQ为网络设备向该第一终端设备发送的下行数据对应的HARQ；
收发单元720，用于在该第一资源和该第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，在第三资源上接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和/或该下行HARQ，该反馈信息是根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值确定的，该第三资源是根据该第一资源和该第二资源确定的。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的装置，针对传输侧行HARQ的资源和下行HARQ的资源在时域上重叠时，利用阈值与侧行HARQ优先级进行比较，该阈值用于表征下行业务类型的优先级。其中，不同的下行业务类型对应的阈值可以不同。根据比较结果确定在第 三资源上接收的反馈信息，该第三资源的反馈信息可以是侧行HARQ和下行HARQ复用或者其中之一。保证了HARQ反馈机制正常运行，提高了数据传输的可靠性。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该侧行HARQ的优先级为：第一资源的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为该侧行HARQ对应的PSSCH的优先级。或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为调度该侧行数据的SCI中优先级字段的值，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为传输该侧行HARQ的信道的优先级，或者，侧行HARQ的优先级为侧行HARQ对应的侧行传输的优先级。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，该侧行HARQ的优先级为该多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一阈值是根据该下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定的，该至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该下行HARQ；
当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，当该侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，该反馈信息包括该侧行HARQ和该下行HARQ。
当该侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于该第一阈值时，该反馈信息仅包括该侧行HARQ。
应理解，装置700中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法200、以及图3和图4中相关实施例的网络设备相关的描述，为了简洁，这里不加赘述。
可选的，收发单元720可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块)，用于执行前述方法200的各个实施例以及图3和图4所示的实施例中网络设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。
进一步的，该装置700还可以该存储单元，收发单元720可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元720和处理单元710执行的指令。收发单元720、处理单元710和存储单元相互耦合，存储单元存储指令，处理单元710用于执行存储单元存储的指令，收发单元720用于在处理单元710的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
应理解，收发单元720可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元710可由处理器实现。如图19所示，反馈信息传输的装置800可以包括处理器810、存储器820和收发器830。
图18所示的反馈信息传输的装置700或图19所示的反馈信息传输的装置800能够实现前述方法200中的实施例以及图3和图4所示的实施例中网络设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，图18所示的反馈信息传输的装置700或图19所示的反馈信息传输的装置800可以为网络设备。
图20示出了本申请实施例的反馈信息传输的装置900的示意性框图，该装置900可以对应上述方法300和方法400描述的第一终端设备，也可以是应用于第一终端设备的芯片或组件，并且，该装置900中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法300和方法400中第一终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。
如图20所示，该装置900包括处理单元910和收发单元920。收发单元920用于在处理单元910的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
在一些可能的实现方式中：
处理单元910，用于根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第二时域资源集合，该第一时域资源为可用于该第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ的时域资源，该HARQ包括该第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ；
处理单元910，还用于在该第二时域资源集合中，确定第三时域资源集合，该第三时域资源集合中的时域资源为用于发送该侧行数据的候选时域资源。
处理单元910，还用于根据该第三时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的装置，根据可以用于发送侧行HARQ的上行时域资源以及第一时域偏移集合，确定出可能发送侧行数据的所有时域资源，为这些所有可能发送的侧行数据均预留相应的HARQ比特位置，将所有可能的侧行HARQ联合生成一个半静态HARQ码本，从而保证了所有可能的侧行HARQ均可以正常反馈，可以解决一个发送设备需要在多个资源上发送多个侧行HARQ时资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性。同时，半静态的为每个可能的侧行传输预留比特位，保证了网络设备和第一终端设备之间对侧行HARQ的理解是一致的，不会出现混淆。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合；
处理单元910，还用于根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定该第二时域资源集合。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收侧行HARQ的时域资源，
处理单元910，还用于：根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行HARQ的时域资源；在该多个侧行HARQ的时域资源中，根据第一参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第一参数包括反馈资源的周期，以及侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与调度侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送该侧行数据，
处理单元910，还用于根据该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个调度该侧行资源的下行控制信息所占的时域资源；在该多个控制信息所占的时域资源中，根据第二参数，确定该第二时域资源集合，该第二参数为该侧行数据的时域资源与该下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，处理单元910，还用于根据该第二时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，在该第二时域资源集合中，确定该第三时域资源集合。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该HARQ还包括下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据，
处理单元910，还用于：根据第二时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第四 时域资源集合，该第四时域资源集合包括用于传输下行数据的多个候选时域资源，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据；根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合，确定该HARQ。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，处理单元910，还用于根据该第三时域资源集合和该第四时域资源集合包括的时域资源的帧结构配比，确定该HARQ。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，收发单元920，用于在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送该HARQ。
在另一些可能的实现方式中：
处理单元910，用于根据第一时域偏移集合，确定与第一时域资源对应的第五时域资源集合，该第一时域资源用于第一终端设备向网络设备发送混合自动重传请求HARQ，该第一时域偏移集合对应于侧行链路。
处理单元910，还用于在该第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第一下行控制信息该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。
收发单元920，用于根据检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送HARQ，该HARQ包括针对该至少一个第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ。
本申请提供的反馈信息传输的装置，通过根据用于发送侧行HARQ的第一时域资源以及第五时域偏移集合，第五时域资源集合包括时域资源是用于第一终端设备检测第一下行控制信息，该第一下行控制信息用于指示侧行资源，该侧行资源用于该第一终端设备发送侧行数据。根据第五时域资源集合包括的时域资源上检测到的至少一个第一下行控制信息，确定侧行数据对应的侧行HARQ，将这些所有侧行HARQ联合生成一个动态的HARQ码本，可以解决发送设备需要单独传输每个侧行传输相应的HARQ导致传输资源冲突的问题，提高频谱的利用率，提高数据传输的可靠性，同时降低了终端设备实现的复杂度。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该HARQ还包括针对下行数据对应的下行HARQ，该下行数据为该第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的数据；
处理单元910，还用于：根据第三时域偏移集合，确定与该第一时域资源对应的第六时域资源集合，该第六时域资源集合包括用于传输下行控制信息的多个时域资源，该第三时域偏移集合对应于下行链路；在该第六时域资源集合包括的时域资源上，检测第二下行控制信息，该第二下行控制信息用于指示下行资源，该下行资源用于该第一终端设备接收该下行数据；
收发单元920，还用于根据检测到的该至少一个第一下行控制信息和检测到的至少一个第二下行控制信息，在该第一时域资源上向该网络设备发送该HARQ。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，当处理单元910在一个服务小区和一个检测时机上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，
该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前，或者，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下 行HARQ之后。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，当处理单元910在一个服务小区上和一个检测时机上，检测到第一下行控制信息和第二下行控制信息，
当该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的第一个控制信道元素CCE索引小于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的下行HARQ之前；或者，
当该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的第一个控制信道元素CCE索引大于该检测到第二下行控制信息对应的第一个CCE索引的情况下，该检测到第一下行控制信息对应的侧行数据的侧行HARQ位置在该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的下行数据的HARQ之后。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引C-DAI的值小于该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值；或者，
该检测到的第一下行控制信息对应的计数下行分配索引C-DAI的值大于该检测到的第二下行控制信息对应的C-DAI的值。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行数据所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，
处理单元910，还用于：根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定多个侧行数据所占的时域资源；根据该多个侧行数据所占的时域资源和第二参数，确定该第五时域资源集合，该第二参数为侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合，该侧行HARQ的时域资源为该第一终端设备接收侧行HARQ的时域资源，
处理单元910，还用于根据第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移以及第三参数，确定该第五时域资源集合，该第三参数包括：该侧行数据的时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移、该反馈资源的周期，以及该侧行数据的时域资源与侧行HARQ的时域资源之间的时域偏移。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，该第一时域偏移集合为该第一时域资源与下行控制信息所占的时域资源之间的时域偏移的集合。
处理单元910，还用于该第一时域偏移集合包括的时域偏移和该第一时域资源，确定第五时域资源集合。
进一步的，该装置900还可以包括存储单元，收发单元920可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元920和处理单元910执行的指令。收发单元920、处理单元910和存储单元相互耦合，存储单元存储指令，处理单元910用于执行存储单元存储的指令，收发单元920用于在处理单元910的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。
应理解，装置900中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法300、方法400以及图5至图7、图9、图11、图13至图15中相关实施例的第一终端设备相关的描述，为了简洁，这里不加赘述。
可选的，收发单元920可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块)，用于执行前述方法300、方法400以及图5至图7、图9、图11、图13至图15所示的实施例中第一终端设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。
应理解，收发单元920可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元910可由处理器实现。如图21所示，反馈信息传输的装置1000可以包括处理器1010、存储器1020、收发器1030和总线系统1040。反馈信息传输的装置1000的各个组件通过总线系统1040耦合在一起，其中总线系统1040除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图21中将各种总线都标为总线系统1040。为便于表示，图21中仅是示意性画出。
图20所示的反馈信息传输的装置900或图21所示的反馈信息传输的装置1000能够实现前述方法方法300、方法400以及图5至图7、图9、图11、图13至图15所示的实施例中第一终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
还应理解，上述装置可以是网络设备，也可以是终端，也可以是应用于网络设备或终端中的芯片，或者其他具有上述网络设备或终端功能的组合器件、部件等。
当装置是网络设备或终端时接收模块可以接收器，可以包括天线和射频电路等，处理模块可以是处理器，例如可以是基带处理器，发送模块可以是发射器，可以包括天线和射频电路等，其中接收器和发射器可以是整合的收发器。
当装置是具有上述网络设备或终端功能的部件时，接收模块可以是射频单元，处理模块可以是处理器，发送模块可以是射频单元。
当装置是芯片系统时，接收模块可以是芯片系统的输入接口、处理模块可以是芯片系统的处理器，例如：中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，发送模块可以是芯片系统的输出接口。
还应理解，以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现；也可以全部以硬件的形式实现；还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现，部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如，各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件，也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现，此外，也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中，由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器，可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。
在一个例子中，以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如，当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时，该处理元件可以是通用处理器，例如中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如，这些单元可以集成在一起，以片上系统(system-on-a-chip，SOC)的形式 实现。
图22为本申请提供的一种终端设备1100的结构示意图。上述装置500至600，或者装置900和1000可以配置在该终端设备1100中。或者，该装置500至600，或者装置900和1000本身可以即为该终端设备1100。或者说，该终端设备1100可以执行上述方法200至方法400中第一终端设备执行的动作。
为了便于说明，图22仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图22所示，终端设备1100包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图22仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
例如，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图22中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。该基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1100的收发单元1101，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1100的处理单元1102。如图22所示，终端设备1100包括收发单元1101和处理单元1102。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元1101中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元1101中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元1101包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接 收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
图23为本申请提供的另一种终端设备1200的结构示意图。在图23中，该终端设备包括处理器1210，发送数据处理器1220，接收数据处理器1230。上述实施例中的处理单元、处理单元可以是图13中的处理器1210，并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中收发单元可以是图23中的发送数据处理器1220，和/或接收数据处理器1230。虽然图23中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备1300的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述方法中的网络设备的功能。网络设备1300包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit，RRU)1301和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)1302。该RRU 1301可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线13011和射频单元13012。该RRU 1301部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中的信令消息。该BBU 1302部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。该RRU1301与BBU 1302可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
该BBU 1302为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1302可以用于控制基站130执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。
在一个示例中，该BBU 1302可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统，或5G系统)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。该BBU 1302还包括存储器13021和处理器13022。该存储器13021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器13021存储上述实施例中的码本等。该处理器13022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。该存储器13021和处理器13022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
在一种可能的实施方式中，随着片上系统(system-on-chip，SoC)技术的发展，可以将1302部分和1301部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现，例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现，该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件，基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中，由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的，该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。
应理解，图24示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。
应理解，本申请实施例中，该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包 括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：上述的第一终端设备和上述的网络设备。可选的，该通信系统还可以包括至少一个其他终端设备。第一终端设备可以向至少一个其他终端设备发送侧行数据。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序代码，该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法200至方法400中本申请实施例的反馈信息传输的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括指令，当该指令被执行时，以使得简易能力的终端设备和网络设备分别执行对应于上述方法的第一终端设备和网络设备的操作。
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片，该系统芯片包括：处理单元和通信单元，该处理单元，例如可以是处理器，该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令，以使通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种反馈信息传输的方法。
可选地，上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种通信装置可以包括该系统芯片。
可选地，该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。
可选地，该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元，如寄存器、缓存等，该存储单元还可以 是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元，如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，RAM等。其中，上述任一处提到的处理器，可以是一个CPU，微处理器，ASIC，或一个或多个用于控制上述的反馈信息传输的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦，分别设置在不同的物理设备上，通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能，以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中的各种功能。或者，该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本申请中出现的术语“上行”和“下行”，用于在特定场景描述数据/信息传输的方向，比如，“上行”方向一般是指数据/信息从终端向网络侧传输的方向，或者分布式单元向集中式单元传输的方向，“下行”方向一般是指数据/信息从网络侧向终端传输的方向，或者集中式单元向分布式单元传输的方向，可以理解，“上行”和“下行”仅用于描述数据/信息的传输方向，该数据/信息传输的具体起止的设备都不作限定。
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名，可以理解的是，这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定，所赋名称可随着场景，语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更，对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解，应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通 过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，该单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计 算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (27)

  1. 一种反馈信息传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，所述侧行HARQ为所述第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，所述下行HARQ为所述第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的下行数据对应的HARQ；
    在所述第一资源和所述第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，所述第一终端设备根据所述侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送反馈信息，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和/或所述下行HARQ，所述第三资源是根据所述第一资源和所述第二资源确定的。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为：
    所述侧行HARQ的传输资源的优先级，或者，所述侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为所述多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定所述第一阈值，所述至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备根据所述侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送反馈信息，包括：
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述第一终端设备在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于所述第一阈值时，所述第一终端设备在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述侧行HARQ。
  6. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备根据所述侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送反馈信息，包括：
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，所述第一终端设备在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送所述侧行HARQ和所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述第一终端设备在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述下行HARQ。
  7. 一种反馈信息传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，所述侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，所述下行HARQ为网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送的下行数据对应的HARQ；
    在所述第一资源和所述第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，在第三资源上接收来自第一 终端设备的反馈信息，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和/或所述下行HARQ，所述反馈信息是根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值确定的，所述第三资源是根据所述第一资源和所述第二资源确定的。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为：
    所述侧行HARQ的传输资源的优先级，或者，所述侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级。
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为所述多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
  10. 根据权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一阈值是根据所述下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定的，所述至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
  11. 根据权利要求7至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述侧行HARQ。
  12. 根据权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述侧行HARQ。
  13. 一种反馈信息传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于获取用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，所述侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，所述下行HARQ为所述第一终端设备接收的来自网络设备的下行数据对应的HARQ；
    收发单元，用于在所述第一资源和所述第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，根据所述侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值，在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送反馈信息，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和/或所述下行HARQ，所述第三资源是根据所述第一资源和所述第二资源确定的。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其特征在于，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为：
    所述侧行HARQ的传输资源的优先级，或者，所述侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为所述多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定所述第一阈值，所述至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
  17. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述收发单元，还用于在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于所述第一阈值时，所述收发单元，还用于在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述侧行HARQ。
  18. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，所述收发单元，还用于在第三资源上向所述网络设备发送所述侧行HARQ和所述下行HARQ。
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述收发单元，还用于在所述第三资源上向所述网络设备仅发送所述下行HARQ。
  19. 一种反馈信息传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定用于传输侧行HARQ的第一资源和用于传输下行HARQ的第二资源，所述侧行HARQ为第一终端设备发送的侧行数据对应的HARQ，所述下行HARQ为网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送的下行数据对应的HARQ；
    收发单元，用于在所述第一资源和所述第二资源在时域上重叠的情况下，在第三资源上接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和/或所述下行HARQ，所述反馈信息是根据侧行HARQ的优先级和第一阈值确定的，所述第三资源是根据所述第一资源和所述第二资源确定的。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为：
    所述侧行HARQ的传输资源的优先级，或者，所述侧行HARQ对应的侧行数据的优先级。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述侧行HARQ对应的数据为多个时，所述侧行HARQ的优先级为所述多个数据中优先级最高的数据的优先级。
  22. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一阈值是根据所述下行数据的业务类型从至少一个阈值中确定的，所述至少一个阈值与不同业务类型对应。
  23. 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述下行HARQ；
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述侧行HARQ。
  24. 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级大于第一阈值时，所述反馈信息包括所述侧行HARQ和所述下行HARQ。
    当所述侧行HARQ的优先级小于或者等于所述第一阈值时，所述反馈信息仅包括所述侧行HARQ。
  25. 一种反馈信息传输的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合：
    所述至少一个处理器，用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以 使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法，或者7至12中任一项所述的方法。
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，或者7至12中任一项所述的方法。
  27. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序或指令，使得安装有所述芯片的通信设备执行如权利要求1至6中任意一项所述的方法，或者7至12中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2019/109729 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置 WO2021062804A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202311689795.7A CN117896042A (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置
JP2022520107A JP7443504B2 (ja) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 フィードバック情報伝送方法および装置
PCT/CN2019/109729 WO2021062804A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置
EP19947759.7A EP4044667A4 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION
CN201980098053.2A CN114041303B (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置
KR1020227014603A KR20220067550A (ko) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 피드백 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
US17/657,023 US20220224452A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-03-29 Feedback Information Transmission Method and Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109729 WO2021062804A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/657,023 Continuation US20220224452A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-03-29 Feedback Information Transmission Method and Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021062804A1 true WO2021062804A1 (zh) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75336282

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109729 WO2021062804A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 反馈信息传输的方法和装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20220224452A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4044667A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7443504B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20220067550A (zh)
CN (2) CN117896042A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021062804A1 (zh)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220182188A1 (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device to transmit and receive hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement information
US20220240274A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Feedback methods for subband full duplex systems
WO2023279303A1 (zh) * 2021-07-07 2023-01-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 传输上行反馈信息的方法及装置
WO2023108399A1 (en) * 2021-12-14 2023-06-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Joint type-2 hybrid automatic repeat request codebook for downlink and sidelink communications

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11910429B2 (en) * 2019-10-30 2024-02-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Feedback reporting for sidelink
WO2021106215A1 (ja) * 2019-11-29 2021-06-03 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 端末及び通信方法
US11973606B2 (en) * 2021-03-03 2024-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Prioritization between feedback transmissions and receptions over sidelink

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110139384A (zh) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 上行信息的传输方法和终端设备
CN110167050A (zh) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道状态信息报告的传输方法及终端
CN110167072A (zh) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 资源选择的方法和终端设备
US20190268936A1 (en) * 2016-10-04 2019-08-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for scheduling multiple uplink grants of different types

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116032447A (zh) 2017-06-14 2023-04-28 Idac控股公司 可靠控制信令
US12028170B2 (en) * 2019-06-11 2024-07-02 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Terminal, base station and method
WO2021015577A1 (en) * 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for sidelink transmission in a wireless communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190268936A1 (en) * 2016-10-04 2019-08-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for scheduling multiple uplink grants of different types
CN110139384A (zh) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 上行信息的传输方法和终端设备
CN110167050A (zh) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道状态信息报告的传输方法及终端
CN110167072A (zh) * 2018-02-12 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 资源选择的方法和终端设备

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Sidelink physical layer procedures for NR V2X", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1906008, vol. RAN WG1, 3 May 2019 (2019-05-03), Reno, USA, pages 1 - 23, XP051708050 *
INTERDIGITAL, INC: "On NR Sidelink Mode 1 Resource Allocation", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1909029 ON NR SIDELINK MODE 1 RESOURCE ALLOCATION_FINAL, vol. RAN WG1, 16 August 2019 (2019-08-16), Prague, CZ, pages 1 - 5, XP051765633 *
LG ELECTRONICS INC. (RAPPORTEUR): "Report of [103bis#36] SL broadcast, UP aspects (LG)", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1818420 REPORT OF 103B#36 NR SL BROADCAST UPASPECTS, vol. RAN WG2, 7 November 2018 (2018-11-07), Spokane, USA, pages 1 - 23, XP051482282 *
OPPO: "Left issues on MAC for NR-V2X", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1905568 - LEFT ISSUES ON MAC FOR NR-V2X, vol. RAN WG2, 3 May 2019 (2019-05-03), Reno, US, pages 1 - 6, XP051709927 *
See also references of EP4044667A4 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220182188A1 (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device to transmit and receive hybrid automatic retransmission request acknowledgement information
US20220240274A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Feedback methods for subband full duplex systems
US11716753B2 (en) * 2021-01-26 2023-08-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Feedback methods for subband full duplex systems
WO2023279303A1 (zh) * 2021-07-07 2023-01-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 传输上行反馈信息的方法及装置
WO2023108399A1 (en) * 2021-12-14 2023-06-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Joint type-2 hybrid automatic repeat request codebook for downlink and sidelink communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4044667A1 (en) 2022-08-17
CN114041303A (zh) 2022-02-11
JP7443504B2 (ja) 2024-03-05
JP2022550556A (ja) 2022-12-02
CN117896042A (zh) 2024-04-16
US20220224452A1 (en) 2022-07-14
EP4044667A4 (en) 2022-10-19
CN114041303B (zh) 2024-01-05
KR20220067550A (ko) 2022-05-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12009927B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a feedback signal in a wireless communication system
US11296849B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting HARQ-ACK information
WO2021062804A1 (zh) 反馈信息传输的方法和装置
US11375483B2 (en) Method and apparatus for multiplexing UCI
WO2020200162A1 (zh) 确定反馈信息的方法和通信装置
CN111034145B (zh) 基于具有不同可靠性的数据分组指配监测控制候选的方法和装置
WO2020200078A1 (zh) 传输上行信息的方法和通信装置
US20180270794A1 (en) Short Physical Uplink Shared Channel Arrangement
WO2021031820A1 (zh) 侧行链路反馈信息传输的方法和通信装置
US20220201724A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control signaling
US20230123957A1 (en) Apparatus and method for communicating a pusch including uci
WO2020024754A1 (zh) 一种发送上行控制信息的方法、设备及系统
WO2021032015A1 (zh) 反馈信息传输方法及通信装置
EP4161198A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021017765A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US20210160839A1 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2021031754A1 (zh) 传输反馈信息的方法和装置
WO2020143813A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法和装置
WO2022117102A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法、接收方法、终端和网络设备
WO2020156002A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2021030977A1 (zh) 通信方法以及通信装置
KR20220165755A (ko) 사이드링크 피드백 정보를 송신 및 수신하기 위한 방법 및 장치
WO2022236714A1 (zh) 码本反馈方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2022198643A1 (zh) 信息报告方法、装置、设备及存储介质
EP4322435A1 (en) Retransmission response feedback method and apparatus, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19947759

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022520107

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227014603

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019947759

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220414